TW202234179A - Method for producing a conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing an electronic device - Google Patents

Method for producing a conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing an electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202234179A
TW202234179A TW111102478A TW111102478A TW202234179A TW 202234179 A TW202234179 A TW 202234179A TW 111102478 A TW111102478 A TW 111102478A TW 111102478 A TW111102478 A TW 111102478A TW 202234179 A TW202234179 A TW 202234179A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
resin layer
mass
photosensitive resin
compound
preferable
Prior art date
Application number
TW111102478A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
片山晃男
両角一真
佐藤守正
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202234179A publication Critical patent/TW202234179A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D1/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D1/36Successively applying liquids or other fluent materials, e.g. without intermediate treatment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/06Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by exposure to radiation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/10Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by other chemical means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D3/00Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D3/12Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied; After-treatment of applied coatings, e.g. intermediate treating of an applied coating preparatory to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials by mechanical means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D5/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures
    • B05D5/12Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures to obtain a coating with specific electrical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D7/00Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D7/24Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/52Electrically conductive inks
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Electric Cables (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Circuit Boards (AREA)

Abstract

A method for producing a conductive pattern according to the present disclosure comprises a formation step 1, a formation step 2, a light exposure step, a removal step 1 and a removal step 2. In the formation step 1, a conducive layer that contains a metal nanomaterial and a resin is formed on a part or the entirety of the surface of a supporting body. In the formation step 2, a photosensitive resin layer is formed on the conductive layer. In the light exposure step, the photosensitive resin layer is subjected to light exposure. In the removal step 1, a resin pattern is formed by removing unnecessary portions from the light-exposed photosensitive resin layer. In the removal step 2, a conductive pattern is obtained by removing the conductive layer in portions where the resin pattern is not formed. A method for producing an electronic device according to the present disclosure is provided with a conductive pattern which is obtained by the above-described method for producing a conductive pattern.

Description

導電圖案的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法Manufacturing method of conductive pattern and manufacturing method of electronic component

本發明有關一種導電圖案的製造方法及電子元件的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a conductive pattern and a method of manufacturing an electronic component.

在靜電電容型輸入裝置等具備觸控面板之顯示裝置(有機電致發光(EL)顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等)中,在觸控面板內部設置有相當於視覺辨識部的感測器之電極圖案、周邊配線部分及引出配線部分的配線等導電圖案。 通常由於在形成經圖案化之層時,用於獲得所需之圖案形狀之步驟數少等原因而對使用感光性轉印材料而在任意基材上設置之感光性樹脂組成物的層,隔著具有所期望的圖案之遮罩進行曝光之後進行顯影之方法被廣泛使用。 In a display device (organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, liquid crystal display device, etc.) including a touch panel such as an electrostatic capacitance type input device, electrodes corresponding to a sensor of a visual recognition portion are provided inside the touch panel. Conductive patterns such as patterns, peripheral wiring portions, and wirings of lead-out wiring portions. Usually, the layer of the photosensitive resin composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer material is separated from the photosensitive transfer material due to the small number of steps for obtaining the desired pattern shape when forming the patterned layer. Exposure through a mask having a desired pattern followed by development is widely used.

一直以來,基於印刷之導電圖案作為壓力感測器或生物感測器等各種感測器、印刷基板、太陽能電池、電容器、電磁屏蔽件、觸控面板、天線等,各種領域中被廣泛地使用。Printed conductive patterns have been widely used in various fields as various sensors such as pressure sensors and biosensors, printed substrates, solar cells, capacitors, electromagnetic shields, touch panels, and antennas. .

作為先前的高解析度圖案的形成方法,已知專利文獻1記載者。 在專利文獻1中,記載了一種高解析度圖案的形成方法,其包括:使乾膜光阻附著於基板上之步驟(S1);對上述乾膜光阻進行曝光及顯影而形成具有所期望的圖案狀凹部之圖案鑄模之步驟(S2);在上述圖案狀凹部填充含有功能性材料之油墨之步驟(S3);及使上述油墨乾燥之步驟(S4),其特徵為,將上述乾膜光阻的厚度(μm)設為100×β/α以上〔其中,α係上述油墨中的上述功能性材料的體積分率(體積%),β係上述高解析度圖案的厚度(μm)。〕。 作為導電圖案的形成方法,已知在非專利文獻1或專利文獻2記載者。在非專利文獻1及專利文獻2中記載有藉由噴墨而使包含微細金屬之油墨附著於基板上,並且直接描繪圖案之方法。藉由該方法而獲得之細線圖案的解析度一般為幾十μm~幾百μm。 As a conventional method for forming a high-resolution pattern, the one described in Patent Document 1 is known. In Patent Document 1, a method for forming a high-resolution pattern is described, which includes: a step of attaching a dry film photoresist to a substrate ( S1 ); exposing and developing the above dry film photoresist to form a desired The step (S2) of pattern casting of the pattern-shaped concave portion; the step (S3) of filling the above-mentioned pattern-shaped concave portion with ink containing functional materials; and the step (S4) of drying the above-mentioned ink, which is characterized in that the above-mentioned dry film is The thickness (μm) of the photoresist is 100×β/α or more [wherein, α is the volume fraction (volume %) of the functional material in the ink, and β is the thickness (μm) of the high-resolution pattern. ]. As a method of forming a conductive pattern, those described in Non-Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2 are known. Non-Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a method of directly drawing a pattern by attaching ink containing a fine metal to a substrate by ink jetting. The resolution of the thin line pattern obtained by this method is generally several tens of μm to several hundreds of μm.

專利文獻1:日本特開2007-296509號公報 專利文獻2:日本特開2009-37880號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-296509 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-37880

非專利文獻1:用於印刷積體電路的高性能銀奈米粒子油墨的開發,熊木大介,日本印刷學會誌,53,4,pp.24-27(2016)Non-Patent Document 1: Development of High-Performance Silver Nanoparticle Ink for Printing Integrated Circuits, Daisuke Kumaki, Journal of the Printing Society of Japan, 53, 4, pp.24-27 (2016)

本發明的一實施形態欲解決之課題為提供一種解析度優異之導電圖案的製造方法。 本發明的另一實施形態欲解決之課題為提供一種具備藉由上述導電圖案的製造方法而獲得之導電圖案之電子元件的製造方法。 A problem to be solved by one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a conductive pattern having excellent resolution. The problem to be solved by another embodiment of this invention is to provide the manufacturing method of the electronic element provided with the conductive pattern obtained by the manufacturing method of the said conductive pattern.

在用於解決上述課題之機構中包含以下態樣。 <1>一種導電圖案的製造方法,其包括:在支撐體上的一部分或整個面形成包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層之形成步驟1;在上述導電層上形成感光性樹脂層之形成步驟2;對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之曝光步驟;從被曝光之上述感光性樹脂層中去除不必要部分並形成樹脂圖案之去除步驟1;以及去除未形成上述樹脂圖案之部分中的上述導電層並獲得導電圖案之去除步驟2。 <2>如<1>所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述金屬奈米材料包含銀奈米材料。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述金屬奈米材料係平均一次粒徑為1nm~200nm的粒子。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 <5>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂層包含:聚合物,具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元;及光酸產生劑。 <6>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂層包含:樹脂,具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元;及醌二疊氮化合物。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂層包含具有未共用電子對之化合物。 <8>如<7>所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 具有上述未共用電子對之化合物係雜環式化合物。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述形成步驟2係藉由使感光性轉印材料與上述導電層上接觸並轉印而形成上述感光性樹脂層之步驟。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述形成步驟2係在上述導電層上形成中間層及感光性樹脂層之步驟。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述曝光步驟中的曝光係藉由接觸曝光來進行。 <12>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述曝光步驟中的曝光藉由直接描繪曝光來進行。 <13>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述曝光步驟中的曝光係藉由投影曝光來進行。 <14>如<1>至<13>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述去除步驟1中的上述不必要部分的去除係藉由顯影液來進行。 <15>如<1>至<14>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述去除步驟2中的上述導電層的去除係藉由濕蝕刻來進行。 <16>如<1>至<14>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 上述去除步驟2中的上述導電層的去除係藉由乾式蝕刻來進行。 <17>一種電子元件的製造方法,其具備藉由<1>至<16>之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法而獲得之導電圖案。 [發明效果] Mechanisms for solving the above-mentioned problems include the following aspects. <1> A method of manufacturing a conductive pattern, comprising: forming a conductive layer comprising a metal nanomaterial and a resin on a part or the entire surface of a support body; forming step 1; forming a photosensitive resin layer on the conductive layer Step 2; an exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light; a removal step 1 of removing unnecessary parts from the exposed photosensitive resin layer and forming a resin pattern; and removing the above-mentioned resin pattern in the part where the resin pattern is not formed Step 2 of removing the conductive layer and obtaining the conductive pattern. <2> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to <1>, wherein The aforementioned metal nanomaterials include silver nanomaterials. <3> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to <1> or <2>, wherein The aforementioned metal nanomaterials are particles having an average primary particle diameter of 1 nm to 200 nm. <4> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. <5> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains a polymer which has a structural unit which has an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a photoacid generator. <6> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains the resin provided with the structural unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a quinonediazide compound. <7> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains the compound which has an unshared electron pair. <8> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to <7>, wherein The compound having the above-mentioned unshared electron pair is a heterocyclic compound. <9> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein The said formation process 2 is the process of forming the said photosensitive resin layer by making a photosensitive transfer material contact and transfer on the said conductive layer. <10> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein The above-mentioned forming step 2 is a step of forming an intermediate layer and a photosensitive resin layer on the above-mentioned conductive layer. <11> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein The exposure in the above-mentioned exposure step is performed by contact exposure. <12> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein The exposure in the above-mentioned exposure step is performed by direct drawing exposure. <13> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein The exposure in the above-mentioned exposure step is performed by projection exposure. <14> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein The above-mentioned unnecessary part removal in the above-mentioned removal step 1 is performed by a developer. <15> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein The removal of the conductive layer in the removal step 2 is performed by wet etching. <16> The method for producing a conductive pattern according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein The removal of the conductive layer in the removal step 2 is performed by dry etching. <17> The manufacturing method of an electronic component provided with the conductive pattern obtained by the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern in any one of <1>-<16>. [Inventive effect]

依據本發明的一實施形態,能夠提供一種解析度優異之導電圖案的製造方法。 依據本發明的另一實施形態,能夠提供一種具備藉由上述導電圖案的製造方法而獲得之導電圖案之電子元件的製造方法。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a conductive pattern with excellent resolution. According to another aspect of this invention, the manufacturing method of the electronic element provided with the conductive pattern obtained by the manufacturing method of the said conductive pattern can be provided.

以下,對本發明的內容進行說明。另外,一邊參閱附圖一邊進行說明,但有時省略符號。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示將“~”前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 進而,本發明中,在組成物中存在複數種對應於各成分之物質之情況下,只要無特別說明,則組成物中的各成分的量表示組成物中存在之所對應之複數種物質的總量。 本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語,不僅包括獨立之步驟,而且即使在無法與其他步驟明確地進行區分之情況下,只要發揮該步驟的預期的作用,則亦包括在本術語中。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未標註經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基之基團及具有取代基之基團。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要無特別指定,則除了利用光的曝光以外,還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪。作為用於曝光之光,通常可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活化光線(活性能量射線)。 本說明書中的化學結構式有時以省略了氫原子之簡化結構式來記載。 本發明中,“質量%”與“重量%”的含義相同,“質量份”與“重量份”的含義相同。 本發明中,2個以上的較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。 本發明中的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)只要沒有特別指定,則係藉由使用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置、作為溶劑之THF(四氫呋喃)、及使用差示折射計來檢測,並將聚苯乙烯用作標準物質進行換算而得之分子量。GPC分析裝置中所使用之管柱係TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之產品名稱)。 本說明書中,“總固體成分”係指,從組成物的所有組成中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。如上所述,“固體成分”係指去除溶劑之成分,例如,在25℃條件下可以為固體,亦可以為液體。 Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described. In addition, although it demonstrates referring drawings, a code|symbol may be abbreviate|omitted. In this specification, the numerical range represented using "-" shows the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, The "(meth)acryloyl group" represents both or any one of an acryl group and a methacryloyl group. Furthermore, in the present invention, when a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified, the amount of each component in the composition represents the amount of the corresponding plurality of substances present in the composition. total. In this specification, the term "step" includes not only an independent step, but also in the case where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended function of the step is exerted, it is also included in the term. In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the notation that is not substituted and unsubstituted includes a group without a substituent and a group with a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl groups (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also substituted alkyl groups (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure by light but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. As the light used for exposure, the bright-line spectrum of a mercury lamp, and activating light rays (active energy rays) such as extreme ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams are usually mentioned. The chemical structural formula in this specification may be described as a simplified structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted. In the present invention, "mass %" and "weight %" have the same meaning, and "mass part" and "weight part" have the same meaning. In the present invention, a combination of two or more preferred aspects is a more preferred aspect. Unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present invention are determined by using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer, THF (tetrahydrofuran) as a solvent, and using differential Refractometer was used for detection, and polystyrene was used as a standard material to convert the molecular weight. The columns used in the GPC analysis device are TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all are product names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). In this specification, the "total solid content" means the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from all the components of the composition. As described above, the "solid content" refers to a component from which the solvent is removed, and may be solid or liquid, for example, at 25°C.

(導電圖案的製造方法) 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括:在支撐體上的一部分或整個面形成包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層之形成步驟1;在上述導電層上形成感光性樹脂層之形成步驟2;對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之曝光步驟;從被曝光之上述感光性樹脂層中去除不必要部分並形成樹脂圖案之去除步驟1;以及去除未形成上述樹脂圖案之部分中的上述導電層並獲得導電圖案之去除步驟2。 (Manufacturing method of conductive pattern) The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention includes: forming step 1 of forming a conductive layer comprising metal nanomaterials and resin on a part or the entire surface of the support body; forming step 2 of forming a photosensitive resin layer on the conductive layer; An exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light; a removal step 1 of removing unnecessary parts from the exposed photosensitive resin layer and forming a resin pattern; and removing the conductive layer in the part where the resin pattern is not formed, and Step 2 of removing the conductive pattern is obtained.

一直以來,藉由包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之油墨而形成導電圖案之情況下,在噴墨法等基於印刷之導電圖案的形成中,並未獲得充分的解析度。 在本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中,使用包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層,在導電層上形成樹脂圖案,去除未形成有上述樹脂圖案之部分中的上述導電層而獲得了導電圖案。藉此,即使是包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層,亦能夠形成高解析度的導電圖案。 Conventionally, when a conductive pattern is formed by an ink containing a metal nanomaterial and a resin, sufficient resolution has not been obtained in the formation of a conductive pattern by printing such as an ink jet method. In the method for producing a conductive pattern of the present invention, a conductive layer comprising a metal nanomaterial and a resin is used, a resin pattern is formed on the conductive layer, and the conductive pattern is obtained by removing the conductive layer in a portion where the resin pattern is not formed. . Thereby, even the conductive layer including the metal nanomaterial and the resin can form a high-resolution conductive pattern.

以下,對本發明之導電圖案的製造方法進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of this invention is demonstrated in detail.

<形成步驟1> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括在支撐體上的一部分或整個面上形成包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層之形成步驟1。 作為上述導電層中所包含之金屬奈米材料的材質,能夠使用銅、銀、鋅、鐵、鉻、鉬、鎳、鋁、金、鉑、鈀、該等2種以上的合金以及ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:錫銦氧化物)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide:銦鋅氧化物)、導電性二氧化矽等。其中,作為金屬奈米材料的材質,從電阻值、成本、燒結溫度等之觀點考慮,銅、銀、鎳、鋁、金、鉑、鈀或該等合金為較佳,銀、銅或該等合金為更佳,尤其,從燒結溫度及氧化抑制之觀點考慮,銀或銀的合金為進一步較佳,銀為特佳。亦即,金屬奈米材料係銀奈米材料為特佳。 金屬奈米材料的形狀並無特別限制,只要係公知的形狀即可。作為金屬奈米材料,金屬奈米粒子或金屬奈米線為較佳,金屬奈米粒子為更佳。 <Formation step 1> The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention includes the forming step 1 of forming a conductive layer comprising a metal nanomaterial and a resin on a part or the entire surface of the support. As the material of the metal nanomaterial contained in the conductive layer, copper, silver, zinc, iron, chromium, molybdenum, nickel, aluminum, gold, platinum, palladium, alloys of two or more of these, and ITO (Indium Tin Oxide: tin indium oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide: indium zinc oxide), conductive silicon dioxide, etc. Among them, as the material of the metal nanomaterials, copper, silver, nickel, aluminum, gold, platinum, palladium or alloys thereof are preferred from the viewpoints of resistance value, cost, sintering temperature, etc. The alloy is more preferable, and in particular, silver or an alloy of silver is more preferable, and silver is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sintering temperature and oxidation inhibition. That is, it is particularly preferable that the metal nanomaterials are silver nanomaterials. The shape of the metal nanomaterial is not particularly limited as long as it is a known shape. As the metal nanomaterial, metal nanoparticle or metal nanowire is preferable, and metal nanoparticle is more preferable.

作為金屬奈米粒子,可以係球形粒子,亦可以係偏平狀粒子,亦可以係非規則形狀粒子。偏平狀粒子包含平板狀粒子(例如,多邊形柱狀粒子、圓柱狀粒子、橢圓形粒子)、橢球體狀粒子、紡錘體狀粒子等。 從穩定性及熔融溫度之觀點考慮,上述金屬奈米粒子的平均一次粒徑為0.1nm~500nm為較佳,1nm~200nm為更佳,1nm~100nm為特佳。 本發明中的金屬奈米粒子的平均一次粒徑能夠藉由利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(例如,S-3700N、Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造)而對100個粒子拍攝掃描式電子顯微鏡照片(SEM圖像),並且使用圖像處理測量裝置(LUZEX AP;NIRECO CORPORATION製造)測量其粒徑而求出算術平均值而獲得。亦即,本發明中所指之粒徑在金屬奈米粒子的投影形狀為圓形時表示其直徑,金屬奈米粒子的投影形狀不是圓形時,由設為與其投影面積相同之面積的圓時之直徑來表示。 As metal nanoparticles, spherical particles, flat-shaped particles, or irregular-shaped particles may be used. The flattened particles include plate-shaped particles (eg, polygonal columnar particles, cylindrical particles, elliptical particles), ellipsoid-shaped particles, spindle-shaped particles, and the like. From the viewpoints of stability and melting temperature, the average primary particle size of the metal nanoparticles is preferably 0.1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, and particularly preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. The average primary particle size of the metal nanoparticles in the present invention can be obtained by taking a scanning electron microscope (SEM image) of 100 particles with a scanning electron microscope (for example, S-3700N, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). ), and the particle diameter was measured using an image processing measuring device (LUZEX AP; manufactured by NIRECO CORPORATION) to obtain an arithmetic mean value. That is, the particle size referred to in the present invention represents the diameter of the metal nanoparticle when the projected shape of the metal nanoparticle is a circle. The diameter of time is represented.

作為上述金屬奈米粒子,較佳地使用扁平銀粒子,更佳地使用平板狀銀粒子,進一步較佳地使用多邊形柱狀銀粒子或圓柱狀銀粒子。As the above-mentioned metal nanoparticles, flat silver particles are preferably used, flat silver particles are more preferably used, and polygonal columnar silver particles or cylindrical silver particles are further preferably used.

從導電性之觀點考慮,上述金屬奈米粒子含有比銀昂貴之金屬為較佳,含有至少一部分被金被覆之扁平粒子為更佳。其中,“比銀昂貴之金屬”表示,“具有比銀的標準電極電位高之標準電極電位之金屬”。 上述金屬奈米粒子中的比銀昂貴之金屬相對於銀的比率為0.01原子%~5原子%為較佳,0.1原子%~2原子%為更佳,0.2原子%~0.5原子%為進一步較佳。 另外,比銀昂貴之金屬的含量例如能夠藉由用酸等溶解試樣之後,藉由高頻率感應偶合電漿(Inductively Coupled Plasma:ICP)分光光度分析來測量。 From the viewpoint of electrical conductivity, it is preferable that the above-mentioned metal nanoparticles contain a metal that is more expensive than silver, and it is more preferable to contain flat particles at least partially coated with gold. Here, "a metal more expensive than silver" means "a metal having a standard electrode potential higher than that of silver". The ratio of the metal more expensive than silver to silver in the above-mentioned metal nanoparticles is preferably 0.01 atomic % to 5 atomic %, more preferably 0.1 atomic % to 2 atomic %, and further preferably 0.2 atomic % to 0.5 atomic %. good. In addition, the content of a metal more expensive than silver can be measured by, for example, dissolving a sample with an acid or the like, and then performing a high-frequency Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) spectrophotometric analysis.

作為扁平狀粒子的大小(長軸長度),並無特別限制,能夠依據目的而適當選擇。作為扁平狀粒子的平均等效圓直徑,10nm~500nm為較佳,20nm~300nm為更佳,50nm~200nm為進一步較佳。The size (long axis length) of the flat particles is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. The average equivalent circle diameter of the flat particles is preferably 10 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 300 nm, and even more preferably 50 nm to 200 nm.

扁平狀粒子的厚度T為20nm以下為較佳,2nm~15nm為更佳,4nm~12nm為特佳。 粒子厚度T能夠藉由原子力顯微鏡(Atomic Force Microscope:AFM)或穿透式電子顯微鏡(TEM)來測量。 The thickness T of the flat particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 2 nm to 15 nm, and particularly preferably 4 nm to 12 nm. The particle thickness T can be measured by an atomic force microscope (Atomic Force Microscope: AFM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM).

作為基於AFM的平均粒子厚度的測量方法,例如,可以舉出在玻璃基板上滴加含有扁平狀粒子之粒子分散液,並且乾燥而測量1個粒子的厚度之方法等。 作為基於TEM的平均粒子厚度的測量方法,例如,可以舉出在矽基板上滴加含有扁平狀粒子之粒子分散液,在乾燥之後,實施基於碳蒸鍍、金屬蒸鍍之被覆處理,藉由聚焦離子束(Focused Ion Beam:FIB)加工來製作剖面切片,藉由TEM來觀察其剖面而進行粒子的厚度測量之方法(以下,亦稱為FIB-TEM。)等。 As a method of measuring the average particle thickness by AFM, for example, a particle dispersion liquid containing flat particles is dropped on a glass substrate, and the method of drying and measuring the thickness of one particle is mentioned. As a method of measuring the average particle thickness by TEM, for example, a particle dispersion liquid containing flat particles is dropped on a silicon substrate, and after drying, a coating treatment by carbon vapor deposition and metal vapor deposition is performed. Focused ion beam (Focused Ion Beam: FIB) processing to produce cross-section slices, and a method of measuring the thickness of particles by observing the cross-section with a TEM (hereinafter, also referred to as FIB-TEM.) and the like.

上述導電層中的金屬奈米材料可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 從燒結時的金屬覆膜形成性及分散穩定性之觀點考慮,金屬奈米材料的含量相對於上述導電層的總質量為10質量%~95質量%為較佳,30質量%~80質量%為更佳。 As for the metal nanomaterial in the said conductive layer, only 1 type may be used, and 2 or more types may be used together. The content of the metal nanomaterial is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass, relative to the total mass of the conductive layer, from the viewpoints of the metal coating film formability and dispersion stability during sintering for better.

作為上述導電層中所包含之樹脂,從耐久性之觀點考慮,包含黏合劑聚合物為較佳。 作為黏合劑聚合物,例如,可以舉出聚乙烯縮醛樹脂、聚乙烯醇樹脂、聚乙烯縮丁醛樹脂、聚丙烯酸酯樹脂、聚氟丙烯酸酯樹脂、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚噁唑啉樹脂、天然高分子(例如,明膠或纖維素等)、甲基纖維素、乙基纖維素、羥丙基纖維素及其衍生物、等。其中,黏合劑聚合物包含聚乙烯醇樹脂、聚乙烯縮丁醛樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、乙基纖維素或羥丙基纖維素為較佳,包含聚酯樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂或羥丙基纖維素為更佳。黏合劑聚合物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 As the resin contained in the above-mentioned conductive layer, it is preferable to contain a binder polymer from the viewpoint of durability. Examples of the binder polymer include polyvinyl acetal resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyacrylate resin, polyfluoroacrylate resin, polymethyl methacrylate resin, and polycarbonate. Ester resins, polyvinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyurethane resins, polyester resins, polyoxazoline resins, natural polymers (eg, gelatin or cellulose, etc.), methyl cellulose, ethyl Cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and its derivatives, etc. Wherein, the binder polymer preferably comprises polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyester resin, polyurethane resin, ethyl cellulose or hydroxypropyl cellulose, It is more preferable to contain polyester resin, polyurethane resin or hydroxypropyl cellulose. Only one type of binder polymer may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.

上述導電層中的樹脂可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 從燒結時的金屬覆膜形成性及導電性之觀點考慮,導電層中所包含之樹脂的含量相對於上述導電層的總質量為1質量%~90質量%為較佳,10質量%~80質量%為更佳,20質量%~70質量%為特佳。 The resin in the said conductive layer may use only 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the resin contained in the conductive layer is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the conductive layer, from the viewpoints of the metal film formability and conductivity during sintering. The mass % is more preferable, and 20 mass % to 70 mass % is particularly preferable.

上述導電層可以進一步包含其他添加劑。 作為其他添加劑,可以舉出界面活性劑等公知的添加劑。 作為界面活性劑,可以舉出Rapisol A-90(NOF CORPORATION製造、固體成分濃度1%)、Naro Acty CL-95(Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造、固體成分濃度1%)等。 The above-mentioned conductive layer may further contain other additives. As another additive, well-known additives, such as surfactant, are mentioned. As the surfactant, Rapisol A-90 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, solid content concentration 1%), Naro Acty CL-95 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., solid content concentration 1%), etc. are mentioned.

上述導電層的厚度並無限制。從導電性及製膜性之觀點考慮,導電層的平均厚度為0.001μm~1,000μm為較佳,0.005μm~15μm為更佳,0.01μm~10μm為特佳。 本發明中的導電層及支撐體的平均厚度設為藉由使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM),觀察對面內方向垂直之方向上的剖面來測量之10處的厚度的平均值。 The thickness of the above-mentioned conductive layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of conductivity and film formability, the average thickness of the conductive layer is preferably 0.001 μm to 1,000 μm, more preferably 0.005 μm to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm. The average thickness of the conductive layer and the support in the present invention is the average value of the thicknesses at 10 locations measured by observing a cross section in a direction perpendicular to the in-plane direction using a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

作為上述導電層的形成方法,並無特別限制,但是藉由塗佈導電性油墨而形成為較佳。 作為導電性油墨的塗佈方法,並無特別限制,可以舉出噴墨法、噴塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、簾塗法及模塗法(亦即,狹縫塗佈法)等。 本發明中所使用之導電性油墨可以係硬化型導電性油墨。硬化型導電性油墨例如可以係熱硬化型、光硬化型或熱硬化型及光硬化型的導電性油墨。 上述導電性油墨包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂,可以進一步包含溶劑及上述其他添加劑中的至少任一個。 作為上述導電性油墨中所包含之溶劑,能夠使用水及有機溶劑。 作為有機溶劑,甲苯、十二烷、四十烷、環十二碳烯、正庚烷、正十一烷等烴類;乙醇、異丙醇等醇類;為較佳。 作為上述導電層的形成方法,在塗佈導電性油墨之後,可以依據需要包含導電性油墨的塗佈物的乾燥、鍛燒等步驟。 Although it does not specifically limit as a formation method of the said conductive layer, It is preferable to form by apply|coating a conductive ink. The method of applying the conductive ink is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ink jet method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a bar coating method, a curtain coating method, and a die coating method (ie, a slit coating method), and the like. . The conductive ink used in the present invention may be a curable conductive ink. The curable conductive ink may be, for example, a thermosetting type, a photocurable type, or a thermosetting type and a photocurable type conductive ink. The aforementioned conductive ink includes a metal nanomaterial and a resin, and may further include at least any one of a solvent and the aforementioned other additives. As the solvent contained in the above-mentioned conductive ink, water and an organic solvent can be used. As the organic solvent, hydrocarbons such as toluene, dodecane, tetradecane, cyclododecene, n-heptane, and n-undecane; and alcohols such as ethanol and isopropanol are preferred. As a method for forming the above-mentioned conductive layer, after the conductive ink is applied, steps such as drying and calcination of the coated product of the conductive ink may be included as necessary.

上述導電層以大於所期望的導電圖案的形狀之形狀形成為較佳。The above-mentioned conductive layer is preferably formed in a shape larger than the shape of the desired conductive pattern.

作為本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中所使用之支撐體,只要使用公知的支撐體即可,可以舉出樹脂薄膜、基板等。其中,作為支撐體,基板為較佳。 依需要,基板可以具有除了導電層以外的任意層。 作為基板,例如,可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板及半導體基板。 作為基板的較佳態樣,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0140段中記載者,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。 As a support body used for the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of this invention, a well-known support body should just be used, and a resin film, a board|substrate, etc. are mentioned. Among them, as a support, a substrate is preferable. The substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer as desired. As a board|substrate, a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate are mentioned, for example. As a preferable aspect of a board|substrate, the thing described in the paragraph 0140 of International Publication No. WO 2018/155193, for example, is incorporated in this specification.

作為構成基板之基材,例如,可以舉出玻璃、矽及薄膜。 構成基板之基材係透明的為較佳。 作為透明的玻璃基材,可以舉出以Corning Incorporated的大猩猩玻璃為代表之強化玻璃。又,作為透明的玻璃基材,能夠使用日本特開2010-86684號公報、日本特開2010-152809號公報及日本特開2010-257492號公報中所使用之材料。 As a base material which comprises a board|substrate, glass, silicon, and a thin film are mentioned, for example. It is preferable that the base material which comprises a board|substrate is transparent. Examples of the transparent glass substrate include tempered glass typified by Corning Incorporated's Gorilla Glass. Moreover, as a transparent glass base material, the material used in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-86684, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-152809, and Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-257492 can be used.

在作為基材而使用薄膜基材之情況下,使用光畸變小且/或透明度高的薄膜基材為較佳。作為這種薄膜基材,例如,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、三乙醯纖維素及環烯烴聚合物。When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical distortion and/or high transparency. As such a film substrate, for example, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose, and cycloolefin polymers can be mentioned.

以輥對輥方式製造基板之情況下,作為基板,薄膜基板為較佳。又,在藉由輥對輥方式製造觸控面板用電路配線之情況下,基材係片狀樹脂組成物為較佳。When a substrate is produced by a roll-to-roll method, a film substrate is preferable as the substrate. Moreover, when manufacturing the circuit wiring for touch panels by a roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that a base material is a sheet-like resin composition.

上述支撐體可以單獨具有1層的上述導電層,亦可以具有2層以上。支撐體具有2層以上的導電層之情況下,支撐體具有材質不同之導電層為較佳。 上述支撐體可以在一側的面具有上述導電層,亦可以在兩面分別具有。 The said support body may have the said conductive layer of 1 layer independently, and may have 2 or more layers. When the support has two or more conductive layers, it is preferable that the support has conductive layers with different materials. The said support body may have the said conductive layer on one surface, and may have it respectively on both surfaces.

作為基板可以進一步具有迂迴配線之基板。如上所述之基板能夠較佳地用作觸控面板用基板。 作為迂迴配線的材質,金屬為較佳。 作為成為迂迴配線的材質之金屬,可以舉出金、銀、銅、鉬、鋁、鈦、鉻、鋅及錳、以及由該等金屬元素的2種以上組成之合金。作為迂迴配線的材質,銅、鉬、鋁或鈦為較佳,銅為特佳。 As a board|substrate, it may further have the board|substrate of routing wiring. The above-mentioned substrate can be preferably used as a substrate for a touch panel. As the material of the detour wiring, metal is preferable. Examples of metals used as materials for routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. As the material of the detour wiring, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium are preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.

<形成步驟2> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括在上述導電層上形成感光性樹脂層之形成步驟2。 作為在上述導電層上形成感光性樹脂層之方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的阻劑形成方法。其中,上述形成步驟2係藉由使感光性轉印材料與上述導電層上接觸並轉印而形成上述感光性樹脂層之步驟為較佳。 上述形成步驟2係在上述導電層上形成中間層及感光性樹脂層之步驟為較佳,上述中間層為水溶性樹脂層及熱塑性樹脂層為更佳。 作為使用感光性轉印材料而將感光性樹脂層轉印至上述導電層上之方法,使上述導電層與感光性轉印材料中的感光性樹脂層接觸,並且使感光性轉印材料和導電層壓接為較佳。在上述態樣中,感光性轉印材料中的感光性樹脂層和支撐體的密接性提高。因此,曝光及顯影後的被圖案形成之感光性樹脂層能夠較佳地用作蝕刻導電層時之蝕刻阻劑。 另外,將在後面總結並敘述本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中所使用之感光性轉印材料的較佳態樣。 <Formation step 2> The manufacturing method of the electroconductive pattern of this invention includes the formation step 2 of forming the photosensitive resin layer on the said electroconductive layer. There is no restriction|limiting in particular as a method of forming the photosensitive resin layer on the said conductive layer, A well-known resist formation method can be used. Among them, the above-mentioned forming step 2 is preferably a step of forming the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer by contacting and transferring a photosensitive transfer material on the above-mentioned conductive layer. The above-mentioned forming step 2 is preferably a step of forming an intermediate layer and a photosensitive resin layer on the above-mentioned conductive layer, and it is more preferred that the above-mentioned intermediate layer is a water-soluble resin layer and a thermoplastic resin layer. As a method of transferring a photosensitive resin layer onto the conductive layer using a photosensitive transfer material, the conductive layer is brought into contact with the photosensitive resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material, and the photosensitive transfer material and the conductive layer are brought into contact with each other. Lamination is preferred. In the above aspect, the adhesiveness between the photosensitive resin layer and the support in the photosensitive transfer material is improved. Therefore, the patterned photosensitive resin layer after exposure and development can be preferably used as an etching resist in etching the conductive layer. In addition, the preferable aspect of the photosensitive transfer material used for the manufacturing method of the electroconductive pattern of this invention is summarized and described later.

作為將基板與感光性轉印材料壓接之方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印方法及層壓方法。 對於感光性轉印材料中的偽支撐體,將具有感光性樹脂層之側的最外層和導電層重疊,並且使用輥等機構實施加壓及加熱而進行感光性轉印材料對上述導電層的貼合為較佳。在貼合時能夠使用層壓機、真空層壓機及能夠進一步提高生產性之自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 層壓溫度並無特別限制,例如,70℃~130℃為較佳。 There is no restriction|limiting in particular as a method of press-bonding a board|substrate and a photosensitive transfer material, A well-known transfer method and a lamination method can be used. For the dummy support in the photosensitive transfer material, the outermost layer on the side having the photosensitive resin layer and the conductive layer are overlapped, and pressure and heating are performed using a mechanism such as a roller to perform the transfer of the photosensitive transfer material to the conductive layer. Fitting is better. A known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an automatic cutting laminator which can further improve productivity can be used for lamination. The lamination temperature is not particularly limited, for example, it is preferably 70°C to 130°C.

本發明之導電圖案的製造方法藉由輥對輥方式進行為較佳。 以下,對輥對輥方式進行說明。 輥對輥方式係如下方式,其包括:作為支撐體而使用能夠捲取及開捲之支撐體,在本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中所包含之任意步驟之前,將具有上述支撐體或上述導電層等之支撐體進行開捲之步驟(亦稱為“開捲步驟”。);及在任一個步驟之後,將具有上述導電層等之支撐體進行捲取之步驟(亦稱為“捲取步驟”。),一邊輸送具有上述支撐體或上述導電層等之支撐體一邊進行至少任一個步驟(較佳為所有步驟或除了加熱步驟以外的所有步驟)。 作為開捲步驟中的開捲方法及捲取步驟中的捲取方法,並無特別限制,只要在應用輥對輥方式之製造方法中,使用公知的方法即可。 The method for producing the conductive pattern of the present invention is preferably carried out by a roll-to-roll method. Hereinafter, the roll-to-roll method will be described. The roll-to-roll method is a method including using a support capable of winding and unwinding as a support, and having the above-mentioned support or the above-mentioned support before any steps included in the method for producing a conductive pattern of the present invention The step of unwinding the support of the conductive layer and the like (also referred to as "unwinding step".); and after any of the steps, the step of winding the support having the above-mentioned conductive layer and the like (also referred to as "winding up". step"), at least one of the steps (preferably all steps or all steps except the heating step) is carried out while conveying the support having the above-mentioned support or the above-mentioned conductive layer. The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the coiling step are not particularly limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.

感光性轉印材料具有保護膜之情況下,本發明之導電圖案的製造方法在上述形成步驟2之前包括將保護膜從感光性轉印材料中剝離之保護膜剝離步驟為較佳。 剝離覆蓋膜之方法沒有限制,能夠應用公知的方法。 In the case where the photosensitive transfer material has a protective film, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention includes a protective film peeling step of peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material before the above-mentioned forming step 2. The method of peeling off the cover film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.

使用上述感光性轉印材料之情況下,本發明之導電圖案的製造方法在上述形成步驟2與曝光步驟之間,或者在曝光步驟與去除步驟1之間包括剝離偽支撐體之偽支撐體剝離步驟為較佳。 偽支撐體的剝離方法並無特別限制,能夠使用與日本特開2010-072589號公報的0161~0162段中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構相同之機構。 In the case of using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the method for producing a conductive pattern of the present invention includes peeling off the dummy support between the above-mentioned forming step 2 and the exposure step, or between the exposure step and the removing step 1. steps are better. The peeling method of the dummy support is not particularly limited, and the same mechanism as the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-072589 can be used.

<曝光步驟> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之曝光步驟。 曝光步驟中的曝光係圖案狀的曝光處理(亦稱為“圖案曝光”。)亦即存在曝光部和非曝光部之形態的曝光處理。 圖案曝光中的曝光區域和未曝光區域的位置關係並無特別限制,可以適當調整。 <Exposure step> The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of this invention includes the exposure process of exposing the said photosensitive resin layer. The exposure in the exposure step is a pattern-like exposure treatment (also referred to as "pattern exposure".) That is, an exposure treatment of a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion are present. The positional relationship between the exposed area and the unexposed area in pattern exposure is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted.

圖案曝光中的圖案的詳細配置及具體尺寸並無特別限制。圖案的至少一部分(較佳為觸控面板的電極圖案和/或取出配線的部分)包括寬度為20μm以下的細線為較佳,以提高具備具有藉由電路配線之製造方法製造之電路配線之輸入裝置之顯示裝置(例如觸控面板)的顯示品質,並且使取出配線所佔之面積減小,包括寬度為10μm以下的細線為更佳。 從進一步發揮本發明之效果之觀點考慮,所獲得之樹脂圖案具有線寬為20μm以下之樹脂圖案為較佳,具有線寬為10μm以下之樹脂圖案為更佳,具有線寬為8μm以下之樹脂圖案為進一步較佳,具有線寬為5μm以下的樹脂圖案為特佳。 The detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. At least a part of the pattern (preferably the electrode pattern of the touch panel and/or the part where the wiring is taken out) preferably includes a thin line with a width of 20 μm or less, in order to improve the input of the circuit wiring with the circuit wiring manufactured by the circuit wiring manufacturing method The display quality of the display device (such as a touch panel) of the device, and the area occupied by the extraction wiring is reduced, and it is better to include thin lines with a width of less than 10 μm. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present invention, the obtained resin pattern preferably has a resin pattern with a line width of 20 μm or less, more preferably has a resin pattern with a line width of 10 μm or less, and has a resin pattern with a line width of 8 μm or less The pattern is more preferable, and it is especially preferable to have a resin pattern with a line width of 5 μm or less.

關於曝光中所使用之光源,只要係照射能夠對感光性樹脂層進行曝光之波長的光(例如,365nm或405nm)之光源,則能夠適當選擇使用。具體而言,可以舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)。 作為曝光量,5mJ/cm 2~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10mJ/cm 2~100mJ/cm 2為更佳。 作為曝光中使用之光源、曝光量及曝光方法的較佳態樣,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0146~0147段中記載之態樣,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 The light source used for exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it irradiates light of a wavelength capable of exposing the photosensitive resin layer (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). Specifically, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, and an LED (Light Emitting Diode) can be mentioned. The exposure amount is preferably 5mJ/cm 2 to 200mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 10mJ/cm 2 to 100mJ/cm 2 . Preferable aspects of the light source, exposure amount, and exposure method used for exposure include, for example, the aspects described in paragraphs 0146 to 0147 of International Publication No. WO 2018/155193, and these contents are incorporated into this specification middle.

使用感光性轉印材料之情況下,在曝光步驟中,可以在從轉印層中剝離了偽支撐體之後進行圖案曝光,亦可以在從轉印層中剝離偽支撐體之前,經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光,然後,從轉印層中剝離偽支撐體。在曝光之前,從轉印層中剝離偽支撐體之情況下,可以使遮罩與轉印層接觸而進行曝光,亦可以使遮罩不與轉印層接觸並接近轉印層而進行曝光 。在不將偽支撐體從轉印層中剝離而進行曝光之情況下,可以不使遮罩與偽支撐體接觸而進行曝光,亦可以不使遮罩與偽支撐體接觸並接近偽支撐體而進行曝光。為了防止由組成物層與遮罩的接觸造成之遮罩污染及避免由附著於遮罩上之異物造成之對曝光的影響,不剝離偽支撐體而進行圖案曝光為較佳。另外,在接觸曝光之情況下,作為曝光方式,能夠使用接觸曝光方式。在非接觸曝光方式之情況下,作為曝光方式,能夠適當選擇使用利用了近接式曝光方式、透鏡系或反射鏡系投影曝光(投影曝光)方式、曝光雷射等之直接曝光(直接描繪曝光)方式。在透鏡系及反射鏡系投影曝光的情況下,能夠依據所需的解析力、焦深來使用具有適當的透鏡開口數(NA)之曝光機。在直接曝光方式的情況下,可以直接在感光性樹脂組成物層上進行描繪,亦可以經由透鏡對感光性樹脂組成物層進行縮小投影曝光。曝光可以不僅在大氣下進行,亦可以在減壓下或真空下進行。可以在光源與轉印層之間,經由水等液體來進行曝光。 從解析性之觀點考慮,藉由使上述轉印層與遮罩接觸並進行接觸曝光而進行曝光步驟中的曝光為較佳。 從能夠減小遮罩及感光性樹脂層的影響之觀點考慮,藉由直接描繪曝光或投影曝光而進行曝光步驟中的曝光為較佳。 In the case of using a photosensitive transfer material, in the exposure step, pattern exposure may be performed after the dummy support is peeled off from the transfer layer, or the dummy support may be passed through the dummy support before peeling off the transfer layer. Pattern exposure was performed, and then the dummy support was peeled off from the transfer layer. Before exposure, when the dummy support is peeled off from the transfer layer, exposure can be performed with the mask in contact with the transfer layer, or the mask can be exposed without being in contact with the transfer layer and close to the transfer layer. When exposing the dummy support without peeling it off from the transfer layer, the exposure may be performed without bringing the mask into contact with the dummy support, or the mask may not come into contact with the dummy support and approach the dummy support. Exposure. In order to prevent contamination of the mask caused by the contact between the composition layer and the mask and to avoid influence on exposure caused by foreign matter adhering to the mask, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure without peeling off the dummy support. In addition, in the case of contact exposure, a contact exposure method can be used as an exposure method. In the case of the non-contact exposure method, as the exposure method, direct exposure (direct drawing exposure) using a proximity exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure (projection exposure) method, an exposure laser, or the like can be appropriately selected and used. Way. In the case of projection exposure of a lens system and a mirror system, an exposure machine having an appropriate number of lens openings (NA) can be used according to the required resolution and depth of focus. In the case of the direct exposure method, drawing may be performed directly on the photosensitive resin composition layer, or reduction projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive resin composition layer through a lens. Exposure may be performed not only under the atmosphere, but also under reduced pressure or vacuum. Exposure can be performed via a liquid such as water between the light source and the transfer layer. From the viewpoint of resolution, it is preferable to perform the exposure in the exposure step by contacting the above-mentioned transfer layer with a mask and performing contact exposure. From the viewpoint of being able to reduce the influence of the mask and the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable to perform the exposure in the exposure step by direct drawing exposure or projection exposure.

<去除步驟1> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括從被曝光之上述感光性樹脂層中去除不必要部分而形成樹脂圖案之去除步驟1。 藉由顯影液來進行去除步驟1中的上述不必要部分的去除為較佳。 作為顯影液,只要能夠去除感光性樹脂層的非圖像部分(不必要部分),則並無特別限制,例如,能夠使用日本特開平5-72724號公報中記載之顯影液等公知的顯影液。 作為顯影液,以0.05mol/L~5mol/L(升)的濃度包含pKa=7~13的化合物之鹼水溶液系顯影液為較佳。顯影液可以含有水溶性的有機溶劑和/或界面活性劑。 作為鹼性水溶液中能夠包含之鹼性化合物,例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基氫氧化乙基三甲基銨)。 作為鹼顯影液,國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段中所記載之顯影液亦較佳。作為較佳地使用之顯影方式,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0195段中記載之顯影方式。 <Removal step 1> The method for producing a conductive pattern of the present invention includes a removal step 1 of removing unnecessary parts from the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern. It is preferable to carry out the removal of the above-mentioned unnecessary part in the removal step 1 by a developer. The developer is not particularly limited as long as it can remove the non-image portion (unnecessary portion) of the photosensitive resin layer. For example, a known developer such as the developer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-72724 can be used. . As the developing solution, an aqueous alkaline solution containing a compound having pKa=7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L to 5 mol/L (liter) is preferable. The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and/or a surfactant. Examples of basic compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethyl hydroxide. ammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide). As an alkali developer, the developer described in the paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable. As a development method preferably used, for example, the development method described in the paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be mentioned.

作為顯影方式,並無特別限制,可以為旋覆浸沒顯影、噴淋顯影、噴淋及旋轉顯影、以及浸漬顯影中的任一種。噴淋顯影係指藉由噴淋對曝光後的感光性樹脂層噴灑顯影液而去除非曝光部之顯影處理。 在顯影步驟之後,一邊藉由噴淋噴灑清洗劑並利用刷子擦拭,一邊去除顯影殘渣為較佳。 顯影液的液溫並無特別限制,20℃~40℃為較佳。 It does not specifically limit as a developing method, Any of spin-on immersion development, shower development, shower and spin development, and immersion development may be used. The spray development refers to a development process in which a developing solution is sprayed on the exposed photosensitive resin layer by a shower to remove the non-exposed portion. After the developing step, it is preferable to remove the developing residue while spraying the cleaning agent by spraying and wiping with a brush. The liquid temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20°C to 40°C.

<去除步驟2> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括去除未形成上述樹脂圖案之部分中的上述導電層之並獲得導電圖案之去除步驟2。 在蝕刻步驟中,將由感光性樹脂層形成之樹脂圖案用作蝕刻阻劑,進行導電層的蝕刻處理。 作為蝕刻處理的方法,能夠應用公知的方法,例如,可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209~0210段中所記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048~0054段中所記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻法及基於電漿蝕刻等乾式蝕刻之方法。 從生產率之觀點考慮,藉由濕蝕刻進行去除步驟2中的上述導電層的去除為較佳。 從解析性的之觀點考慮,藉由乾式蝕刻進行上述去除步驟2中的上述導電層的去除為較佳。 <Removal step 2> The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention includes a removal step 2 of removing the above-mentioned conductive layer in the portion where the above-mentioned resin pattern is not formed and obtaining a conductive pattern. In the etching step, the conductive layer is etched using the resin pattern formed of the photosensitive resin layer as an etching resist. As a method of the etching treatment, a known method can be applied, for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP 2017-120435 A and the methods described in paragraphs 0048 to 0054 of JP 2010-152155 A The method described above, the wet etching method immersed in the etching solution, and the dry etching method such as plasma etching. From the viewpoint of productivity, the removal of the above-mentioned conductive layer in the removal step 2 is preferably performed by wet etching. From the standpoint of analyticity, the removal of the conductive layer in the removal step 2 is preferably performed by dry etching.

關於濕式蝕刻中所使用之蝕刻液,只要依據蝕刻對象來適當選擇酸性或鹼性蝕刻液即可。 作為酸性的蝕刻液,例如,可以舉出從鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氫氟酸、草酸及磷酸中選擇之酸性成分單獨的水溶液以及酸性成分和從氯化鐵(II)、氯化鐵(III)、硝酸鐵(II)、硝酸鐵(III)、硫酸鐵(II)、硫酸鐵(III)、氟化銨及高錳酸鉀中選擇之鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分可以為組合複數種酸性成分而成之成分。 作為鹼性蝕刻液,可以舉出選自氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(氫氧化四甲基銨等)中之只有鹼性成分的水溶液、以及鹼性成分與鹽(過錳酸鉀等)的混合水溶液。鹼性成分可以為組合複數種鹼性成分而成之成分。 為了控制蝕刻速度或被蝕刻材料的形狀,可以併用有機溶劑及界面活性劑。 Regarding the etching solution used in the wet etching, an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target. Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, an acidic component, and iron(II) chloride, iron chloride A mixed aqueous solution of a salt selected from the group consisting of (III), iron (II) nitrate, iron (III) nitrate, iron (II) sulfate, iron (III) sulfate, ammonium fluoride and potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a combination of a plurality of acidic components. Examples of the alkaline etching solution include aqueous solutions containing only alkaline components and alkaline components selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.) Aqueous mixed solution with salt (potassium permanganate, etc.). The basic component may be a combination of a plurality of basic components. In order to control the etching rate or the shape of the material to be etched, an organic solvent and a surfactant may be used in combination.

<去除步驟3> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法在去除步驟2之後,進行去除殘留之樹脂圖案之步驟(去除步驟3)為較佳。 作為去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法,並無特別限制,但是可以舉出藉由化學性處理來去除之方法,使用去除液來去除之方法為較佳。 作為感光性樹脂層的去除方法,可以舉出在攪拌過程中的去除液中浸漬1分鐘~30分鐘具有殘留之樹脂圖案之支撐體之方法。攪拌過程中的去除液的液溫較佳為30℃~80℃,更佳為40℃~80℃。 <Removal step 3> In the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention, it is preferable to perform the step of removing the residual resin pattern (removal step 3 ) after the removal step 2 . Although there is no restriction|limiting in particular as a method of removing the residual resin pattern, The method of removing by chemical treatment is mentioned, The method of removing using a removal liquid is preferable. As a removal method of the photosensitive resin layer, the method of immersing the support which has the resin pattern which remained in the removal liquid in a stirring process for 1 minute - 30 minutes is mentioned. The liquid temperature of the removal liquid in the stirring process is preferably 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 40°C to 80°C.

作為去除液,例如,可以舉出將無機鹼性成分或有機鹼性成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶液中而得之去除液。作為無機鹼性成分,例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼性成分,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。 又,可以使用去除液,藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及旋覆浸沒法等公知的方法來去除。 As the removal liquid, for example, a removal liquid obtained by dissolving an inorganic basic component or an organic basic component in water, dimethylsulfite, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof can be mentioned. As an inorganic alkaline component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. As an organic basic component, a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound are mentioned. Moreover, it can remove by well-known methods, such as a spray method, a spray method, and a spin-dipping method, using a removal liquid.

<其他步驟> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法可以包含除了上述之步驟以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。例如,可以舉出以下步驟,但是並不限制於該等步驟。 又,作為電路配線之製造方法中能夠應用之曝光步驟、顯影步驟及其他步驟,可以舉出日本特開2006-23696號公報的0035~0051段中所記載之步驟。 進而,作為其他步驟,例如,可以舉出降低國際公開第2019/022089號的0172段中記載之可見光線反射率之步驟、在國際公開第2019/022089號的0172段中記載之絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟等,但該等步驟並無限制。 <Other steps> The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of this invention may contain arbitrary steps (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the following steps can be exemplified, but are not limited to these steps. Moreover, as an exposure process, a developing process, and other processes applicable to the manufacturing method of a circuit wiring, the process described in the 0035-0051 paragraphs of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2006-23696 can be mentioned. Further, as other steps, for example, the step of reducing the visible light reflectance described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. WO 2019/022089, and the formation on the insulating film described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089 can be mentioned. Steps of a new conductive layer, etc., but these steps are not limited.

-使可見光線反射率降低之步驟- 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法可以包括進行降低上述導電層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出氧化處理。在基材具有包含銅之導電層之情況下,對銅進行氧化處理而製成氧化銅,並對導電層進行黑化,藉此能夠降低導電層的可見光線反射率。 關於降低可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的0017~0025段、以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的0041段、0042段、0048段及0058段,且該等公報中所記載之內容被編入到本說明書中。 -Steps to reduce the reflectance of visible light- The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention may include the step of performing a process of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or the whole of the conductive layer. An oxidation treatment is mentioned as a treatment for lowering the visible light reflectance. When the base material has a conductive layer containing copper, copper is oxidized to form copper oxide, and the conductive layer is blackened, whereby the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be reduced. The treatment for reducing the reflectance of visible light is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-150118, and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048, and 0058 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-206315, and these The contents described in the official gazette are incorporated into this manual.

<形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法包括在導電圖案的表面形成絕緣膜之步驟及在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟亦較佳。 藉由上述步驟,能夠形成與第一電極圖案絕緣之第二電極圖案。 作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,並無特別限制,可以舉出形成公知的永久膜之方法。又,可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。 在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟並無特別限制,例如,可以使用具有導電性之感光性材料,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的新的導電層。 <The step of forming an insulating film, the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film> The manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention preferably includes the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the conductive pattern and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above steps, the second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed. It does not specifically limit as a process of forming an insulating film, The method of forming a well-known permanent film is mentioned. In addition, an insulating film of a desired pattern can be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having insulating properties. The step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited. For example, a new conductive layer of a desired pattern can be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.

本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中,使用支撐體的兩個表面分別具有複數個導電層之支撐體,對形成於支撐體的兩個表面之導電層逐次或同時形成導電圖案亦較佳。藉由這種結構,能夠形成在基材的一個表面形成有第一導電圖案且在另一個表面形成有第二導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,藉由輥對輥從基材的兩面形成這種結構的觸控面板用電路配線亦較佳。In the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention, a support having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the support is used, and the conductive layers formed on the two surfaces of the support are preferably formed sequentially or simultaneously. With this structure, the circuit wiring for a touch panel in which the first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of the base material and the second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface can be formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for touch panels of such a structure from both surfaces of a base material by roll-to-roll.

<用途> 藉由本發明之導電圖案的製造方法製造之導電圖案能夠應用於各種裝置中。作為具備上述導電圖案之裝置,例如,可以舉出輸入裝置等,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,上述輸入裝置能夠應用於有機電致發光顯示裝置、液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。 藉由本發明之導電圖案的製造方法而製造之導電圖案能夠較佳地應用於柔性顯示裝置、尤其柔性觸控面板中。 <Use> The conductive pattern manufactured by the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention can be applied to various devices. As a device provided with the said conductive pattern, an input device etc. are mentioned, for example, a touch panel is preferable, and an electrostatic capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. In addition, the above-described input device can be applied to display devices such as organic electroluminescence display devices and liquid crystal display devices. The conductive pattern produced by the method for producing the conductive pattern of the present invention can be preferably applied to a flexible display device, especially a flexible touch panel.

<感光性轉印材料> 本發明之導電圖案的製造方法中所使用之感光性轉印材料具有偽支撐體及具有包含感光性樹脂層之轉印層為較佳,依序具有偽支撐體、包含感光性樹脂層之轉印層、保護膜為更佳。 本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間,在感光性樹脂層與保護膜之間等中可以具有其他層。 進而,本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間進一步具有熱塑性樹脂層及水溶性樹脂層為較佳。 進而,上述轉印層進一步包含熱塑性樹脂層及水溶性樹脂層為較佳。 從進一步發揮本發明之效果之觀點考慮,本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料係輥狀感光性轉印材料為較佳。 <Photosensitive transfer material> Preferably, the photosensitive transfer material used in the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of the present invention has a dummy support and a transfer layer including a photosensitive resin layer, and has a dummy support and a transfer layer including the photosensitive resin layer in this order. Printing layer and protective film are better. The photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention may have other layers between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer, between the photosensitive resin layer and the protective film, or the like. Furthermore, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material used by this invention further has a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer between a dummy support body and a photosensitive resin layer. Furthermore, it is preferable that the said transfer layer further contains a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present invention, the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention is preferably a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.

以下,示出本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料的態樣的一例,但並不限制於此。 (1)“偽支撐體/感光性樹脂層/折射率調整層/保護膜” (2)“偽支撐體/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” (3)“偽支撐體/水溶性樹脂層/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” (4)“偽支撐體/熱塑性樹脂層/水溶性樹脂層/感光性樹脂層/保護膜” 另外,在上述各結構中,感光性樹脂層可以係正型感光性樹脂層,亦可以係負型感光性樹脂層,負型感光性樹脂層為較佳。感光性樹脂層係著色樹脂層亦較佳。 其中,作為感光性轉印材料的結構,例如,上述之(2)~(4)的結構為較佳。 Hereinafter, an example of the aspect of the photosensitive transfer material used by this invention is shown, but it is not limited to this. (1) "Pseudo support/photosensitive resin layer/refractive index adjustment layer/protective film" (2) "Pseudo support/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" (3) "Pseudo support/water-soluble resin layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" (4) "Pseudo support/thermoplastic resin layer/water-soluble resin layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film" In addition, in each of the above-mentioned structures, the photosensitive resin layer may be a positive-type photosensitive resin layer or a negative-type photosensitive resin layer, but a negative-type photosensitive resin layer is preferable. It is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer. Among them, as the structure of the photosensitive transfer material, for example, the structures of (2) to (4) above are preferable.

在感光性轉印材料中,在感光性樹脂層的與臨時支撐體側相反之一側進一步具有其他層之構成的情況下,配置於感光性樹脂層的與臨時支撐體側相反之一側之其他層的合計厚度相對於感光性樹脂層的層厚,0.1%~30%為較佳,0.1%~20%為更佳。In the photosensitive transfer material, in the case where the photosensitive resin layer further has a structure on the side opposite to the temporary support side, it is arranged on the side opposite to the temporary support side of the photosensitive resin layer. The total thickness of the other layers is preferably 0.1% to 30%, more preferably 0.1% to 20%, with respect to the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer.

以下,舉出具體的實施形態的一例,對本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料進行說明。Hereinafter, an example of a specific embodiment is given and the photosensitive transfer material used by this invention is demonstrated.

以下,關於感光性轉印材料,舉出一例進行說明。 圖1中示出之感光性轉印材料20依序具有偽支撐體11、包含熱塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15及感光性樹脂層17之轉印層12、保護膜19。 圖1中示出之感光性轉印材料20係配置了熱塑性樹脂層13及水溶性樹脂層15之形態,但是本發明的感光性轉印材料可以不配置熱塑性樹脂層13及水溶性樹脂層15。 以下,對構成感光性轉印材料之各要件進行說明。 Hereinafter, an example of the photosensitive transfer material will be described. The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 includes a dummy support 11 , a transfer layer 12 including a thermoplastic resin layer 13 , a water-soluble resin layer 15 and a photosensitive resin layer 17 , and a protective film 19 in this order. The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 is a form in which the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 are arranged, but the photosensitive transfer material of the present invention may not have the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the water-soluble resin layer 15 arranged. . Hereinafter, each requirement constituting the photosensitive transfer material will be described.

〔偽支撐體〕 本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料具有偽支撐體為較佳。 偽支撐體係支撐包含感光性樹脂層或感光性樹脂層之積層體,並且能夠剝離之支撐體。 [pseudo support] Preferably, the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention has a dummy support. The dummy support system supports the layered body including the photosensitive resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer, and the support body which can be peeled off.

從在對感光性樹脂層進行圖案曝光時能夠進行經由臨時支撐體之感光性樹脂層的曝光之觀點考慮,臨時支撐體具有透光性為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“具有透光性”表示圖案曝光中所使用之波長的光的透射率為50%以上。 從提高感光性樹脂層的曝光靈敏度之觀點考慮,臨時支撐體的圖案曝光中所使用之波長(較佳為波長365nm)的光的透射率係60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。 另外,轉印薄膜所具備之層的透射率為在與層的主表面垂直的方向(厚度方向)上射入光時,相對於入射光的強度之通過層而射出之出射光的強度的比例,並且使用Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造之MCPD Series來測量。 From the viewpoint that exposure of the photosensitive resin layer through the temporary support can be performed when pattern exposure of the photosensitive resin layer is performed, it is preferable that the temporary support has light transmittance. In addition, in this specification, "it has light transmittance" means that the transmittance of the light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more. From the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, the transmittance of light with a wavelength (preferably a wavelength of 365 nm) used for pattern exposure of the temporary support is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more . In addition, the transmittance of the layer included in the transfer film is the ratio of the intensity of the light emitted through the layer to the intensity of the incident light when light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (thickness direction). , and measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.

作為構成偽支撐體之材料,例如,可以舉出玻璃基板、樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度、撓性及透光性之觀點考慮,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET:polyethylene terephthalate)薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,作為樹脂薄膜,PET薄膜為較佳,2軸延伸PET薄膜為更佳。 As a material which comprises a dummy support body, a glass substrate, a resin film, and paper are mentioned, for example, From a viewpoint of intensity|strength, flexibility, and light transmittance, a resin film is preferable. As a resin film, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET: polyethylene terephthalate) film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film are mentioned. Among them, as the resin film, a PET film is preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.

作為偽支撐體的厚度(層厚),並無特別限制,從作為支撐體的強度、與電路配線形成用基板的貼合所要求之撓性及第一次曝光步驟所要求之透光性之觀點考慮,只要依據材質來選擇即可。 偽支撐體的厚度為5~100μm為較佳,從易操作性及通用性之觀點考慮,10~50μm為更佳,10~20μm為進一步較佳,10~16μm為特佳。 從樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及直線性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下為較佳,25μm以下為更佳,20μm以下為進一步較佳,16μm以下為特佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the dummy support is not particularly limited, and is not particularly limited in terms of strength as a support, flexibility required for bonding with the circuit wiring substrate, and light transmittance required for the first exposure step. Considering the point of view, as long as you choose according to the material. The thickness of the dummy support is preferably 5 to 100 μm, more preferably 10 to 50 μm, further preferably 10 to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 16 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. The thickness of the dummy support is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 16 μm or less, from the viewpoints of defect suppression, resolution, and linearity of the resin pattern.

又,在用作偽支撐體之薄膜中沒有褶皺等變形、劃痕及缺陷等為較佳。 從經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中所包含之微粒、異物、缺陷及析出物等的數量少者為較佳。直徑為1μm以上的微粒、異物、缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 In addition, it is preferable that there are no deformations such as wrinkles, scratches, defects, and the like in the film used as a dummy support. From the viewpoints of pattern formability during pattern exposure through the dummy support and transparency of the dummy support, the number of particles, foreign substances, defects, precipitates, and the like contained in the dummy support is preferably small. The number of particles, foreign objects, and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 pieces/10mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/10mm 2 or less, further preferably 3 pieces/10mm 2 or less, and 0 pieces/10mm 2 Excellent.

從樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及偽支撐體的透明性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的霧度小者為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體的霧度值為2%以下為較佳,1.5%以下為更佳,小於1.0%為進一步較佳,0.5%以下為特佳。 本發明中的霧度值使用霧度計(NDH-2000、NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES Co.,Ltd.製造),並且依據JIS K 7105:1981年之方法來測量。 From the viewpoints of defect suppression properties, analytical properties of the resin pattern, and transparency of the dummy support, it is preferable that the haze of the dummy support is small. Specifically, the haze value of the dummy support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less, further preferably less than 1.0%, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less. The haze value in the present invention uses a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES Co., Ltd.), and is measured according to the method of JIS K 7105:1981.

從在偽支撐體的表面賦予處理性之觀點考慮,可以設置含有微小的粒子之層(潤滑劑層)。潤滑劑層可以設置於偽支撐體的一面,亦可以設置於兩面。潤滑劑層中所包含之粒子的直徑例如為0.05μm~0.8μm為較佳。潤滑劑層的層厚例如為0.05μm~1.0μm為較佳。From the viewpoint of imparting handleability to the surface of the dummy support, a layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles may be provided. The lubricant layer may be provided on one side of the dummy support, or may be provided on both sides. The diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer is preferably, for example, 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm. The thickness of the lubricant layer is preferably 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm, for example.

從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側的相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra大於偽支撐體中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為較佳。 從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側的相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 從偽支撐體的剝離性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性之觀點考慮,“偽支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側的相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra”-“偽支撐體中的與上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra”的減算值為0nm~10nm為較佳,0nm~5nm為更佳。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the photosensitive resin layer side in the dummy support is larger than that in the dummy support from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression property of the resin pattern, and analytical performance. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the resin layer is preferable. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the photosensitive resin layer side in the dummy support is preferably 100 nm or less, and is preferably 50 nm from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression performance of the resin pattern, and analytical performance. The following is more preferable, 20 nm or less is further preferable, and 10 nm or less is particularly preferable. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the photosensitive resin layer in the dummy support is preferably 100 nm or less, and preferably 50 nm or less, from the viewpoints of the peelability of the dummy support, the defect suppression property of the resin pattern, and the analytical performance. More preferably, 20 nm or less is further preferred, and 10 nm or less is particularly preferred. From the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression properties of the resin pattern, and analytical properties, "the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the photosensitive resin layer side in the dummy support" - "in the dummy support" The subtraction value of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra" of the surface on the side of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0 nm to 10 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 5 nm.

本發明中的偽支撐體或保護膜的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra設為藉由以下方法而測量者。 使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo Corporation製造),在以下條件下測量覆蓋膜表面,從而獲得光學薄膜的表面輪廓。 作為測量·分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,使用上述分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中獲得直方圖資料。依據所獲得之直方圖資料來計算算術平均粗糙度,從而獲得覆蓋膜表面的Ra值。 將偽支撐體或保護膜貼合到感光性樹脂層等之情況下,只要從感光性樹脂層中剝離偽支撐體或保護膜而測量剝離之側的表面的Ra值即可。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the dummy support or the protective film in the present invention is measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation), the surface of the cover film was measured under the following conditions, thereby obtaining the surface profile of the optical film. As measurement and analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Next, use the above analysis software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data on the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic mean roughness is calculated according to the obtained histogram data to obtain the Ra value of the surface of the cover film. When bonding a dummy support or a protective film to a photosensitive resin layer or the like, the dummy support or the protective film is peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer, and the Ra value of the peeled-off surface may be measured.

從藉由輥對輥方式再次輸送捲取之積層體時,垂直堆疊之積層體和積層體的接著引起之偽支撐體的剝離抑制性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的剝離力,具體而言,偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層或熱塑性樹脂層之間的剝離力為0.5mN/mm以上為較佳,0.5mN/mm~2.0mN/mm為更佳。The peeling force of the dummy support, specifically, from the viewpoint of the peeling-suppression property of the dummy support caused by the adjoining of the vertically stacked laminated body and the laminated body when the wound layered body is conveyed again by the roll-to-roll method, is: The peeling force between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer or thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 0.5 mN/mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mN/mm to 2.0 mN/mm.

本發明中的偽支撐體的剝離力設為藉由以下方式測量者。 藉由利用濺射法在厚度為100μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜上,設置厚度為200nm的銅層而準備了帶有銅層之PET基板。 從所製作之感光性轉印材料中剝離保護膜,在層壓輥溫度100℃、線壓0.6MPa、線速度(層壓速度)1.0m/min的層壓條件下,層壓到帶上述銅層之PET基板。接著,在偽支撐體的表面黏貼膠帶(Nitto Denko Corporation製造之PRINTACK)之後,在帶銅層之PET基板上,將至少具有偽支撐體及感光性樹脂層之積層體切割成70mm×10mm而製作樣品。將上述樣品的PET基板側固定於試樣台上。 使用拉伸壓縮試驗機(IMADA-SS Corporation製造、SV-55),以5.5mm/秒鐘的速度沿180度的方向拉伸膠帶,在感光性樹脂層或熱塑性樹脂層與偽支撐體之間進行剝離,並且測量剝離所需之力(剝離力)密接力。 The peeling force of the dummy support in the present invention was measured in the following manner. A PET substrate with a copper layer was prepared by providing a copper layer with a thickness of 200 nm on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 100 μm by a sputtering method. The protective film was peeled off from the produced photosensitive transfer material, and the film was laminated to the tape with the above-mentioned copper under the lamination conditions of a lamination roll temperature of 100° C., a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear speed (lamination speed) of 1.0 m/min. layer of PET substrate. Next, after affixing a tape (PRINTACK manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) to the surface of the dummy support, the laminate having at least the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer was cut into a 70mm×10mm size on the PET substrate with the copper layer to produce sample. The PET substrate side of the above-mentioned sample was fixed on the sample stage. Using a tensile-compression tester (manufactured by IMADA-SS Corporation, SV-55), the tape was stretched in a direction of 180 degrees at a speed of 5.5 mm/sec, between the photosensitive resin layer or thermoplastic resin layer and the dummy support. The peeling was performed, and the force required for peeling (peeling force) was measured.

作為偽支撐體的較佳的態樣,例如,在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0017段~0018段、日本特開2016-27363號公報的0019~0026段、WO2012/081680A1公報的0041~0057段、WO2018/179370A1公報的0029~0040段及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段~0032段中有記載,且該等公報的內容被編入到本說明書中。Preferable aspects of the dummy support are described in, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to 0041 of WO2012/081680A1 It is described in paragraph 0057, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of WO2018/179370A1, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated into this specification.

〔感光性樹脂層〕 本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料具有感光性樹脂層。 感光性樹脂層可以係正型感光性樹脂層,亦可以係負型感光性樹脂層,負型感光性樹脂層為較佳。 負型感光性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑為較佳,以上述感光性樹脂層的總質量基準計,包含鹼溶性樹脂10質量%~90質量%、乙烯性不飽和化合物5質量%~70質量%、光聚合起始劑0.01質量%~20質量%為更佳。 作為正型感光性樹脂層,並無限制,能夠利用公知的正型感光性樹脂層。正型感光性樹脂層包含酸分解性樹脂亦即具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物及光酸產生劑為較佳。正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。 正型感光性樹脂層係包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物及光酸產生劑之化學增幅正型感光性樹脂層為更佳。 以下,依序對各成分進行說明。另外,簡稱為“感光性樹脂層”之情況下,係指正型感光性樹脂層及負型感光性樹脂層這兩者。 [Photosensitive resin layer] The photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention has a photosensitive resin layer. The photosensitive resin layer may be a positive-type photosensitive resin layer or a negative-type photosensitive resin layer, and a negative-type photosensitive resin layer is preferable. The negative photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, contains 10% by mass to 90% by mass of an alkali-soluble resin, vinyl More preferably, the unsaturated compound is 5% by mass to 70% by mass and the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass. There is no restriction|limiting as a positive type photosensitive resin layer, A well-known positive type photosensitive resin layer can be utilized. It is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains an acid-decomposable resin, that is, a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a photoacid generator. It is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains a resin having a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazide compound. The positive-type photosensitive resin layer is more preferably a chemically amplified positive-type photosensitive resin layer containing a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and a photoacid generator. Hereinafter, each component will be described in order. In addition, when it is abbreviated as "photosensitive resin layer", it means both a positive type photosensitive resin layer and a negative type photosensitive resin layer.

<<聚合性化合物>> 負型感光性樹脂層包含聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係受到後述之聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,並且表示與上述聚合物A不同之化合物。 <<Polymerizable compound>> It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerizable compound. In addition, in this specification, a "polymerizable compound" is a compound polymerized by the action of a polymerization initiator described later, and means a compound different from the above-mentioned polymer A.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要係與聚合反應相關之基團,則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團;以及環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基團。 作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 聚合性化合物包含乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 The polymerizable group of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group related to a polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include vinyl, acryl, methacryloyl, styryl, and cis Groups having ethylenically unsaturated groups such as butenediimide groups; and groups having cationic polymerizable groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups. As the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred, and an acryl group or a methacryl group is more preferred. The polymerizable compound preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a (meth)acrylate compound.

從解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物(多官能聚合性化合物)為較佳,包含3官能以上的聚合性化合物為更佳。 其中,2官能以上的聚合性化合物表示,在一分子中具有2個以上的聚合性基之化合物。 從解析性及剝離性優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物在一分子中所具有之聚合性基的數為6個以下為較佳。 From the viewpoints of analytical properties and pattern-forming properties, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a bifunctional or more polymerizable compound (polyfunctional polymerizable compound), and it is more preferable to contain a trifunctional or more functional polymerizable compound. Here, the bifunctional or more polymerizable compound means a compound having two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. From the viewpoint of being excellent in analytical properties and releasability, the number of polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound is preferably 6 or less.

從感光性樹脂層的感光性和解析性及剝離性的平衡更加優異之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層包含2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 從剝離性優異之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層中的2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量的含量的下限為60質量%以上為較佳,大於70質量%為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之乙烯性不飽和化合物可以全部係2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The negative photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound from the viewpoint of more excellent balance of photosensitivity, resolution, and peelability of the photosensitive resin layer. Compounds are even better. From the viewpoint of being excellent in releasability, the lower limit of the content of the bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound with respect to the total content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more than 70 mass % is more preferable, and 90 mass % or more is more preferable. The upper limit in particular of the said content is not restrict|limited, It can be 100 mass %. That is, all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

從解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層包含具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物為較佳,包含具有聚環氧乙烷結構之聚合性化合物為更佳。 作為具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物,可以舉出後述之聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等為較佳。 From the viewpoints of analytical properties and pattern formability, the negative photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polyalkylene oxide structure, and more preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polyethylene oxide structure. As a polymerizable compound which has a polyalkylene oxide structure, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate etc. mentioned later are mentioned preferably.

-乙烯性不飽和化合物B1- 負型感光性樹脂層含有芳香環及具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為較佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1係在上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物中,在一分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 -ethylenically unsaturated compound B1- It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains an aromatic ring and an ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

從解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,在負型感光性樹脂層中,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量的質量比的下限為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上述質量比的上限並無特別限制,但是從剝離性之觀點考慮,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。From the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution, in the negative photosensitive resin layer, the lower limit of the mass ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the total content of the ethylenically unsaturated compounds is preferably 40% by mass or more. 50 mass % or more is more preferable, 55 mass % or more is further preferable, and 60 mass % or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the above-mentioned mass ratio is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, 99 mass % or less is preferable, 95 mass % or less is more preferable, 90 mass % or less is further preferable, and 85 mass % or less is particularly preferable. .

作為聚合性化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如,可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環等芳香族雜環、以及該等的稠環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 聚合性化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring, and aromatics such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, and a pyridine ring In the case of heterocyclic rings and these condensed rings, aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferred, and benzene rings are more preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may have a substituent. The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制基於顯影液之負型感光性樹脂層的膨潤而提高解析性之觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如,可以舉出源自雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、源自雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及源自雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 It is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving the analytical property by suppressing swelling of the negative photosensitive resin layer by a developer. Examples of the bisphenol structure include bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane) derived The bisphenol F structure of hydroxyphenyl)methane) and the bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), and the bisphenol A structure are preferred.

作為具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,例如,可以舉出具有雙酚結構和與該雙酚結構的兩端鍵結之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基鍵結。作為加成到雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成到雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數量並無特別限制,但是每1個分子係4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報0072~0080段,該公報中所記載之內容被編入到本說明書中。 As the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure, for example, one having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure can be mentioned. compound. Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to the two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkaneoxy groups. As the alkaneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is preferable, and an ethoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkaneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16, more preferably 6 to 14 per molecule. The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated into the present specification.

作為聚合性化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如,可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)。 As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is better. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydiethyl) oxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2 , 2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl) Propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydeca) Pentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) .

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,能夠使用下述式(Bis)所表示之化合物。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) can be used.

【化學式1】

Figure 02_image001
[Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

式(I)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A為C 2H 4,B為C 3H 6,n 1及n 3分別獨立地為1~39的整數,且n 1+n 3為2~40的整數,n 2及n 4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n 2+n 4為0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列可以為無規亦可以為封端。並且,在封端的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-均可以在雙苯基側。 在一態樣中,n 1+n 2+n 3+n 4為2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為進一步較佳。n 2+n 4為0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , n 1 and n 3 are each independently an integer of 1 to 39, And n 1 +n 3 is an integer from 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are each independently an integer from 0 to 29, and n 2 +n 4 is an integer from 0 to 30, -(AO)- and -(BO )- The arrangement of the repeating units can be random or capped. And, in the case of capping, both -(AO)- and -(BO)- can be on the biphenyl side. In one aspect, n 1 +n 2 +n 3 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 2-20, more preferably an integer of 2-16, and even more preferably an integer of 4-12. n 2 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.

乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 從解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量的下限相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量的上限並無特別限制,從轉印性及邊緣融合(負型感光性樹脂層中的成分從感光性轉印材料的端部滲出之現象)之觀點考慮,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The lower limit of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the negative-type photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the negative-type photosensitive resin layer, and is preferably 20% by mass from the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution. The above is better. The upper limit of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoints of transferability and edge fusion (the phenomenon in which the components in the negative photosensitive resin layer bleed out from the edge of the photosensitive transfer material), 70 It is preferably not more than 60% by mass, and more preferably not more than 60% by mass.

負型感光性樹脂層可以含有除了上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 除了乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物並無特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。作為除了乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出在一分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(以下,亦稱為“單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物”。)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1. The ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (hereinafter, also referred to as "monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds"). .), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds without aromatic rings and ethylenically unsaturated compounds with trifunctional or more functions.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸鹽、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及苯氧基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯。Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene Glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and phenoxy(meth)ethyl acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯的市售品,例如,可以舉出8UX-015A(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.製造)、UA-32P(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane ester di(meth)acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane diacrylate Methanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate and new Pentylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylates, dipropylene glycol diacrylates, tripropylene glycol diacrylates, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylates. )Acrylate. Examples of urethane di(meth)acrylates include propylene oxide-modified urethane di(meth)acrylates, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified amino groups. Formate di(meth)acrylate. As a commercial item of urethane di(meth)acrylate, for example, 8UX-015A (manufactured by TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,. LTD.), UA-32P (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.), . manufactured) and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。 在此,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在一態樣中,負型感光性樹脂層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物亦較佳,包含上述聚合性化合物B1及2種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在該情況下,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比為(乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的合計質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。 又,在一態樣中,負型感光性樹脂層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及2種以上的3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipeotaerythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate, neotaerythritol (tri/tetra) (methyl) Acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid triacrylate (Meth)acrylates, glycerol tri(meth)acrylates, and modified alkylene oxides thereof. Here, "(tri/tetra/penta/hexa)(meth)acrylate" means tri(meth)acrylate, tetra(meth)acrylate, penta(meth)acrylate and hexa(meth)acrylate ) concept of acrylate, "(tri/tetra)(meth)acrylate" is a concept including tri(meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate. In one aspect, it is also preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compound, and includes the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional or more functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Saturated compounds are more preferred. In this case, the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or more functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or more functional ethylenically unsaturated compound )=1:1~5:1 is preferable, 1.2:1~4:1 is more preferable, and 1.5:1~3:1 is further preferable. Moreover, in one aspect, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化丙三醇三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)。As an alkylene oxide modified product of a trifunctional or more than trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound, a caprolactone modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned. , A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. ., Ltd. A-GLY-9E etc.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.).

作為除了乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025~0030段中記載之具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。As the ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, the ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 can be used.

從解析性及直線性之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量Mm與鹼溶性樹脂的含量Mb之比(Mm/Mb)的值為1.0以下為較佳,0.9以下為更佳,0.5以上0.9以下為特佳。 從硬化性及解析性之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物為較佳。 進而,從硬化性、解析性及直線性之觀點考慮,負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,並且丙烯酸化合物的含量相對於負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物的總質量為60質量%以下為更佳。 From the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, the value of the ratio (Mm/Mb) of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer to the content Mb of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1.0 or less, and is preferably 0.9 The following is more preferable, and 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less are particularly preferable. From the viewpoint of curability and analytical properties, it is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth)acrylic compound. Furthermore, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth)acrylic compound from the viewpoints of curability, resolution, and linearity, and the content of the acrylic compound is relative to the content of the acrylic compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferable that the total mass of the said (meth)acrylic compound contained is 60 mass % or less.

作為包含乙烯性不飽和化合物B1之乙烯性不飽和化合物的分子量(存在分佈之情況下,重量平均分子量(Mw)),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the case of distribution) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound including the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and furthermore 300 to 2,200 better.

乙烯性不飽和化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 負型感光性樹脂層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。 An ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer, and 20% by mass. Mass % - 50 mass % are more preferable.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 負型感光性樹脂層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為接收紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活化光線而開始聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑。 其中,從解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 <<Photopolymerization initiator>> It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that receives activating light rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X rays to initiate the polymerization of the polymerizable compound. It does not specifically limit as a photopolymerization initiator, A well-known photopolymerization initiator can be used. As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example. Among them, it is preferable that the photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of analytical properties and pattern forming properties.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑。Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure, photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure. A photopolymerization initiator with a structure, a photopolymerization initiator with an acylphosphine oxide structure, and a photopolymerization initiator with an N-phenylglycine structure.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031~0042段、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064~0081段中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 can be used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、甲氧苯基(p,p’-二甲氧基芐酯)、TAZ-110(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)、IrgacureOXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(產品名稱:IGM Resins B.V.製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-雙咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, methoxyphenyl (p,p'-diethyl benzoate) can be mentioned. methoxybenzyl ester), TAZ-110 (product name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, TAZ-111 (product name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IrgacureOXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Omnirad651 and 369 (product name: manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl- 1,2'-Bisimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如,可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)丁酮-1(產品名稱:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(產品名稱:Lunar 6,DKSH Management Ltd.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基雙咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體)(產品名稱:B-CIM,Hampford Research Inc.製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(產品名稱:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)(產品名稱:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)。As a commercial item of a photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzyl oxime ) (product name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethyl Ketone-1-(O-acetoxime) (product name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4 -Methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (product name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-methyl-1- (4-Methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2 -Methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1 -(4-Morpholinephenyl)butanone-1 (product name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 1173 , manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (product name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one ( Product name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), bis(2,4 ,6-Trimethylbenzyl)phenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (product name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Management Ltd.) , 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole bis polymer) (product name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford Research Inc.) and 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (product name: BCTB, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (product name: BCTB, Tokyo Chemical Manufactured by Industry Co., Ltd.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)為接收活化光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300~450nm的活化光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳。光陽離子聚合起始劑的化學結構並無限制。關於不直接感應波長300nm以上的活化光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,若為藉由併用敏化劑來感應波長300nm以上的活化光線而產生酸之化合物,亦能夠與敏化劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限並無特別限定,例如-10.0以上為較佳。 The photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) is a compound that receives activating light to generate an acid. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that generates an acid in response to activating light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm, is preferable. The chemical structure of the photocationic polymerization initiator is not limited. Regarding the photocationic polymerization initiator that does not directly sense activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, if it is a compound that generates an acid by using a sensitizer to sense activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, it is also preferable to combine with a sensitizer. used. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is more preferable. Acid photocationic polymerization initiators are particularly preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly limited, but, for example, -10.0 or more is preferable.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物、以及四級銨鹽類。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114~0133段中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryl iodonium salts and triaryl perionium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts. As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A No. 2014-85643 can be used.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083~0088段中所記載之化合物。作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084~0088段中所記載之化合物。Examples of the nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator include trichloromethyl-symmetric tris, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. The compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP-A No. 2011-221494 can be used as trichloromethyl-symmetric tris, diazomethane compounds, and imide sulfonate compounds. As the oxime sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

負型感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可以含有2種以上。 負型感光性樹脂層中的光聚合起始劑的含量的下限並無特別限制,但是相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑的含量的上限並無特別限制,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photopolymerization initiator alone, or two or more types may be contained. The lower limit of the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0 relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferable that it is more than mass %. The upper limit of the content of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.

<<鹼溶性樹脂>> 負型感光性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,“鹼溶性”表示在液溫22℃下碳酸鈉在1質量%水溶液100g中的溶解度為0.1g以上。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,並無特別限制,例如,可以較佳地舉出蝕刻阻劑中所使用之公知的鹼溶性樹脂。 鹼溶性樹脂為黏合劑聚合物為較佳。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,具有酸基之鹼溶性樹脂為較佳。 其中,作為鹼溶性樹脂,後述之聚合物A為較佳。 <<Alkali-soluble resin>> It is preferable that the negative photosensitive resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin. In addition, in this specification, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of 1 mass % aqueous solution at liquid temperature 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more. Although it does not specifically limit as an alkali-soluble resin, For example, the well-known alkali-soluble resin used for an etching resist is mentioned preferably. Preferably, the alkali-soluble resin is a binder polymer. As the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin having an acid group is preferable. Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, the polymer A described later is preferable.

-聚合物A- 作為鹼溶性樹脂,包含聚合物A為較佳。 藉由抑制基於顯影液之感光性樹脂層的膨潤而解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,聚合物A的酸值的上限為220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,小於200mgKOH/g為更佳,小於190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 聚合物A的酸值的下限並無特別限制,但是從顯影性更優異之觀點考慮,60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 -Polymer A- As the alkali-soluble resin, it is preferable to contain the polymer A. The upper limit of the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g, and less than 190 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer by the developer and further improving the resolution. g is further preferred. The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of more excellent developability, it is preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 150 mgKOH/g or more, and 170 mgKOH/g. g and above are particularly preferred.

另外,酸值係中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg]。在本說明書中,將酸值的單位記載為mgKOH/g。酸值例如能夠依據化合物中的酸基的平均含量來計算。 關於聚合物A的酸值,只要依據構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及含有酸基之構成單元的含量來調整即可。 In addition, the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. In this specification, the unit of an acid value is described as mgKOH/g. The acid value can be calculated from, for example, the average content of acid groups in the compound. The acid value of the polymer A should just be adjusted according to the kind of the structural unit which comprises the polymer A, and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group.

聚合物A的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳。從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點考慮,將聚合物A的重量平均分子量的上限設為500,000以下為較佳。將聚合物A的重量平均分子量設為100,000以下為更佳,設為60,000以下為進一步較佳,設為50,000以下為特佳。另一方面,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及邊緣熔融性及切割晶片性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點考慮,將聚合物A的重量平均分子量的下限設為5,000以上為較佳。將聚合物A的重量平均分子量設為10,000以上為更佳,設為20,000以上為進一步較佳,設為30,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性係指,將感光性轉印材料捲取為輥狀之情況下,感光性樹脂層容易從輥的端面溢出之程度。切屑性係指,在用切割刀切割未曝光膜之情況下,晶片易飛散之程度。若該晶片附著於感光性樹脂層的上表面等,則在隨後的曝光步驟等中轉印至遮罩而成為不良品的原因。聚合物A的分散度係1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為進一步較佳。在本發明中,分子量係使用凝膠滲透層析測量之值。分散度係重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 or more from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregates and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge melting properties and wafer dicing properties. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge meltability refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily overflows from the end surface of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound up in a roll shape. The chipability refers to the degree to which wafers are easily scattered when the unexposed film is cut with a dicing blade. If the wafer adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin layer, etc., it will be transferred to a mask in a subsequent exposure step and the like, and it will be a cause of defective products. The degree of dispersion of the polymer A is preferably 1.0-6.0, more preferably 1.0-5.0, still more preferably 1.0-4.0, and still more preferably 1.0-3.0. In the present invention, the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography. The degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

負型感光性樹脂層中,從抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化之觀點考慮,聚合物A包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為較佳。另外,作為這種芳香族烴基,例如,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基、經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含有比例的下限以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。上述單體成分的含有比例的上限並無特別限定,95質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳。另外,作為重量平均值而求出了含有複數種聚合物A時之具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含有比例。In the negative photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable that the polymer A contains a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of suppressing the increase in line width and the deterioration of the resolution when the focus position shifts during exposure. Moreover, as such an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example. The lower limit of the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is based on the total mass of all the monomer components, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more. More preferably, 45 mass % or more is particularly preferable, and 50 mass % or more is most preferable. The upper limit of the content ratio of the monomer component is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. Moreover, the content ratio of the monomer component which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group when several types of polymer A are contained was calculated|required as a weight average value.

作為具有上述芳香族烴基之單體,例如,可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物、苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,作為具有上述芳香族烴基之單體係具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。在一態樣中,聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分係苯乙烯之情況下,苯乙烯單體成分的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,20質量%~50質量%為較佳,25質量%~45質量%為更佳,30質量%~40質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~35質量%為特佳。Examples of the monomer having the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group include monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (eg, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxy). styrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). Among them, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene as the monomer system having the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is based on the total mass of all the monomer components, and ranges from 20% by mass to 50% by mass. The mass % is preferable, 25 mass % to 45 mass % is more preferable, 30 mass % to 40 mass % is further preferable, and 30 mass % to 35 mass % is particularly preferable.

作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(去除苄基)、經取代或未經取代之苄基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。Examples of the aralkyl group include substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl groups (excluding benzyl groups), substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups, and the like, and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups are preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯乙酯等。As a monomer which has a phenylalkyl group, phenethyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned.

作為具有苄基之單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯基苄基氯、乙烯基苯甲醇等具有苄基之乙烯基單體。其中,作為具有苄基之單體,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。在一態樣中,聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分係(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之情況下,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯單體成分的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include benzyl (meth)acrylates having benzyl groups, such as benzyl (meth)acrylate and benzyl chloride (meth)acrylate; vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzene Vinyl monomers with benzyl groups such as methanol. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferable as the monomer having a benzyl group. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content ratio of the benzyl (meth)acrylate monomer component is the same as that of all the monomer components. Based on the total mass, 50 to 95% by mass is preferred, 60 to 90% by mass is more preferred, 70 to 90% by mass is further preferred, and 75 to 90% by mass is particularly preferred.

含有具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與後述之第一單體中的至少1種和/或後述之第二單體中的至少1種聚合而獲得為較佳。Polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group with at least one of the first monomers described later and/or at least one of the second monomers described later It is better to obtain.

不含有具有芳香族烴基之單體之聚合物A藉由使後述之第一單體中的至少1種聚合而獲得為較佳,藉由使第一單體中的至少1種與後述之第二單體中的至少1種共聚而獲得為更佳。The polymer A that does not contain a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers with the first monomer described later. More preferably, it is obtained by copolymerizing at least one of the two monomers.

第一單體在分子中具有羧基。作為第一單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、肉桂酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯等。在該等之中,作為第一單體,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 聚合物A中的第一單體的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。 The first monomer has a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid. Acid half ester, etc. Among these, as the first monomer, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable. The content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is based on the total mass of all monomer components, preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass The mass % is more preferable.

第一單體的共聚合比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,10質量%~50質量%為較佳。從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等之觀點考慮,將上述共聚合比例設為10質量%以上為較佳。上述共聚合比例的下限為15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及邊緣形狀之觀點考慮、進而從光阻圖案的耐化學品性之觀點考慮,將上述共聚合比例設為50質量%以下為較佳。從該等觀點考慮,上述共聚合比例的上限為35質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳,27質量%以下為特佳。The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. From the viewpoint of developing good developability, from the viewpoint of controlling edge meltability, etc., it is preferable to set the above-mentioned copolymerization ratio to be 10 mass % or more. The lower limit of the above-mentioned copolymerization ratio is more preferably 15% by mass or more, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more. From the viewpoint of the high resolution and edge shape of the photoresist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern, the copolymerization ratio is preferably 50 mass % or less. From these viewpoints, the upper limit of the copolymerization ratio is more preferably 35% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 27% by mass or less.

第二單體為非酸性並且為在分子中具有至少1個聚合性不飽和基。作為第二單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,作為第二單體,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為特佳。 聚合物A中的第二單體的含有比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準,5質量%~60質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳。 The second monomer is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. n-Butyl, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl ester and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol such as vinyl acetate; and (meth)acrylonitrile and the like. Among them, as the second monomer, methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate are preferred, and methyl (meth)acrylate is particularly preferred . The content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is based on the total mass of all the monomer components, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass The mass % is more preferable.

從抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化之觀點考慮,第二單體作為單體而含有具有芳烷基之單體和/或苯乙烯為較佳。作為第二單體,例如,包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物、包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物等為較佳。 在一態樣中,聚合物A係包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分25質量%~40質量%、第一單體成分20質量%~35質量%、第二單體成分30質量%~45質量%之聚合物為較佳。在另一態樣中,聚合物A係包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分70質量%~90質量%、第一單體成分10質量%~25質量%之聚合物為較佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the increase in line width and the deterioration of resolution when the focus position shifts during exposure, it is preferable that the second monomer contains a monomer having an aralkyl group and/or styrene as a monomer. As the second monomer, for example, a copolymer comprising methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer comprising methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, etc. good. In one aspect, the polymer A contains 25% to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and 30% to 45% by mass of the second monomer component. The mass % of the polymer is preferred. In another aspect, the polymer A is preferably a polymer containing 70% by mass to 90% by mass of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of the first monomer component.

聚合物A可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、支鏈結構及脂環結構中的任一種。藉由使用含有在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體或含有在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體,能夠將支鏈結構、脂環結構導入到聚合物A的側鏈。具有脂環結構之基團可以為單環或多環。 作為含有在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體的具體例,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯等。該等中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為更佳。 作為含有在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體、具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體,可以舉出具有碳數(碳原子數)5~20個脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為含有在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體的更具體的例子,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇(mentanoindene)-5-基、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇-1-基甲基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯中,作為含有在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-薄荷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為特佳。 The polymer A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure and an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A . The group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include, for example, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, and second butyl (meth)acrylate. ester, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary amyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, 3-octyl (meth)acrylate, 3-octyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate are preferable, and isopropyl methacrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate is more preferable . Examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the monomer having a carbon number (carbon atom) (number) 5 to 20 (meth)acrylates of alicyclic hydrocarbon groups. More specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include (meth)acrylic acid (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2), (meth)acrylic acid- 1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-2-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3-methyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3,5-dimethyl ester methyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-ethyladamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (methyl) ) 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl acrylate, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl acrylate, (methyl) 2-Methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Octahydro-4,7-mentanoindene-5-yl acrylate, (meth)acrylate octahydro-4,7-menthol-1-ylmethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-1- Menthyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid tricyclodecane, (meth)acrylic acid-3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid- 3,7,7-Trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl ester, (Nor) camphenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate isocamphenate, (meth)acrylate base ester, (meth)acrylic acid-2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid cyclohexyl ester, etc. Among these (meth)acrylates, as monomers containing a group having an alicyclic structure in a side chain, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, norbornyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate Camphenyl ester, (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid filinium ester, (meth)acrylate 1-menthyl ester or ( Meth) acrylic acid tricyclodecane is preferred, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid norbornyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl Esters or (meth)acrylate tricyclodecane are particularly preferred.

能夠單獨使用1種聚合物A,或者將2種以上的單體A混合而使用。將2種以上的單體A混合而使用之情況下,將2種包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A混合而使用,或者將包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A和不包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A混合而使用為較佳。在後者的情況下,相對於聚合物A的總質量,包含具有芳香族烴基之單體之成分之聚合物A的使用比例係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為較佳,90質量%以上為更佳。One type of polymer A can be used alone, or two or more types of monomer A can be mixed and used. When two or more kinds of monomers A are mixed and used, two kinds of polymers A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group are mixed and used, or a polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is mixed and used It is preferable to mix and use with the polymer A which does not contain the monomer component which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group. In the latter case, the use ratio of the polymer A containing the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferably at least 90% by mass, and more preferably at least 90% by mass.

關於聚合物A的合成,藉由在用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、異丙醇等溶劑稀釋在上述中說明之單數或複數個單體而成之溶液中添加適量的過氧化苯甲醯、偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑,並進行加熱攪拌來進行為較佳。關於聚合物A的合成,有時一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液,一邊進行合成。在聚合物A的合成的反應結束之後,有時進一步加入到溶劑中並將包含聚合物A之溶液的濃度調整為所期望的濃度。作為合成方法,除了溶液聚合以外,還可以使用封端聚合(bulk polymerization)、懸濁聚合或乳化聚合。Regarding the synthesis of the polymer A, an appropriate amount of benzyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, It is preferable to carry out a radical polymerization initiator, such as azoisobutyronitrile, with heating and stirring. As for the synthesis of the polymer A, the synthesis may be carried out while adding a part of the mixture dropwise to the reaction liquid. After the completion of the reaction for the synthesis of the polymer A, it may be further added to the solvent to adjust the concentration of the solution containing the polymer A to a desired concentration. As a synthesis method, in addition to solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization can be used.

聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係30℃以上且135℃以下為較佳。在感光性樹脂層中,藉由使用具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物A,能夠抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化。從該觀點考慮,聚合物A的Tg的上限係130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點考慮,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物A為較佳。從該觀點考慮,聚合物A的Tg的下限為40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30°C or higher and 135°C or lower. In the photosensitive resin layer, by using the polymer A having a Tg of 135° C. or lower, it is possible to suppress the increase of the line width and the deterioration of the resolution during the shift of the focus position at the time of exposure. From this viewpoint, the upper limit of the Tg of the polymer A is preferably 130°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and particularly preferably 110°C or lower. From the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, it is preferable to use the polymer A having a Tg of 30°C or higher. From this viewpoint, the lower limit of the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 60°C or higher, and most preferably 70°C or higher.

負型感光性樹脂層可以含有除了鹼溶性樹脂以外的樹脂。 作為除了鹼溶性樹脂以外的樹脂,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(其中,苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以下者)、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并噁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The negative photosensitive resin layer may contain resins other than alkali-soluble resins. Examples of resins other than alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (wherein the styrene content is 40 mass % or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene Formaldehyde, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, Polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

鹼溶性樹脂能夠單獨使用1種,或者亦可以將2種以上混合而使用。 鹼溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量的比例為10質量%~90質量%為較佳,30質量%~70質量%為更佳,40質量%~60質量%為進一步較佳。從控制顯影時間之觀點考慮,將鹼溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量的比例設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性樹脂層的總質量的比例設為10質量%以上為較佳。 Alkali-soluble resin can be used individually by 1 type, or can also be used in mixture of 2 or more types. The ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 40% by mass to 60% by mass . From the viewpoint of controlling the development time, the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 90% by mass or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the negative photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more.

<<具有未共用電子對之化合物>> 從與導電層的密接性之觀點考慮,上述感光性樹脂層包含具有未共用電子對之化合物為較佳。 從與導電層的密接性之觀點考慮,具有未共用電子對之化合物係至少具有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子之化合物為較佳,雜環式化合物、硫醇化合物後二硫化物化合物為更佳,雜環式化合物為進一步較佳,含氮雜環式化合物為特佳。 <<Compounds with unshared electron pairs> It is preferable that the said photosensitive resin layer contains the compound which has an unshared electron pair from a viewpoint of adhesiveness with a conductive layer. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably a compound having at least a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and more preferably a heterocyclic compound, a thiol compound and a disulfide compound. Preferably, heterocyclic compounds are further preferred, and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds are particularly preferred.

雜環式化合物所具有之雜環可以係單環及多環中的任一種雜環。 作為雜環式化合物所具有之雜原子,可以舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。雜環式化合物具有選自包括氮原子、氧原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子為較佳,具有氮原子為更佳。 The heterocyclic ring possessed by the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic heterocyclic ring. A nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned as a hetero atom which a heterocyclic compound has. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.

作為雜環式化合物,例如,可以較佳地舉出三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、苯并噁唑化合物或嘧啶化合物。在上述中,從與導電層的密接性之觀點考慮,雜環式化合物為選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并噁唑化合物之群組中的至少1種化合物為較佳,選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并噁唑化合物之群組中的至少1種化合物為更佳,選自包括三唑化合物及四唑化合物之群組中的至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,三唑化合物為特佳。Preferable examples of the heterocyclic compound include triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, triazole compounds, rhodanine compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, Benzimidazole compound, benzoxazole compound or pyrimidine compound. Among the above, the heterocyclic compound is selected from the group consisting of triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, triazole compounds, and rhodanine compounds from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer. , at least one compound in the group of thiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and benzoxazole compounds is preferably selected from the group consisting of triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, thiazole compounds At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzimidazole compound and a benzoxazole compound is more preferably, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound and a tetrazole compound is More preferably, triazole compounds are particularly preferred.

以下,示出雜環式化合物的較佳的具體例。作為三唑化合物及苯并三唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。Hereinafter, preferable specific examples of the heterocyclic compound are shown. The following compounds can be exemplified as the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound.

【化學式2】

Figure 02_image003
[Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

【化學式3】

Figure 02_image005
Figure 02_image007
[Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005
Figure 02_image007

作為四唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the tetrazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式4】

Figure 02_image009
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image009

【化學式5】

Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image011

作為噻二唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiadiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式6】

Figure 02_image013
[Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image013

作為三𠯤化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。The following compounds can be exemplified as the trisium compound.

【化學式7】

Figure 02_image015
[Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image015

作為繞丹寧化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the rhodanine compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式8】

Figure 02_image017
[Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image017

作為噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式9】

Figure 02_image019
[Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image019

作為苯并噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As a benzothiazole compound, the following compounds can be illustrated.

【化學式10】

Figure 02_image021
[Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image021

作為苯并咪唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzimidazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式11】

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image023

【化學式12】

Figure 02_image025
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image025

作為苯并噁唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzoxazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

【化學式13】

Figure 02_image027
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image027

作為硫醇化合物,可以較佳地舉出脂肪族硫醇化合物。 作為脂肪族硫醇化合物,單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物或多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物(亦即,2官能以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物)被較佳地使用。 作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如,可以舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁醯氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三[(3-巰基丙醯氧基)乙基]異氰脲酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、二新戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙硫基丙酸酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、1,2-乙二硫醇、1,3-丙烷二硫醇、1,6-六亞甲基二硫醇、2,2’-(伸乙基二硫)二乙硫醇、meso-2,3-二巰基琥珀酸及二(巰基乙基)醚。 作為單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如,可以舉出1-辛硫醇、1-十二烷硫醇、β-巰基丙酸、甲基-3-巰基丙酸酯、2-乙基己基-3-巰基丙酸酯、正辛基-3-巰基丙酸酯、甲氧基丁基-3-巰基丙酸酯及硬脂酸-3-巰基丙酸酯。 As a thiol compound, an aliphatic thiol compound is mentioned preferably. As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or more aliphatic thiol compound) is preferably used. Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound include trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutanoyloxy)butane, neopentyltetrakis Alcohol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutanoyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H )-trione, trimethylolethane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), tris[(3-mercaptopropionyloxy)ethyl]isocyanurate, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate) mercaptopropionate), neotaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), dipivalerythritol hexa(3-mercaptopropionate), ethyl acetate Glycol dithiopropionate, 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutanoyloxy)butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylene Methyl dithiol, 2,2'-(ethylidene disulfide) diethanethiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid and bis(mercaptoethyl) ether. Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and 2-ethylhexyl -3-mercaptopropionate, n-octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate and stearic acid-3-mercaptopropionate.

作為二硫化物化合物,可以舉出2-(4’-嗎啉基二硫代)苯并噻唑、2,2’-苯并咪唑二硫化物、雙(2-苯甲醯胺苯基)二硫化物、1,1-硫代雙(2-萘酚)、雙(2,4,5-三氯苯基)二硫化物、4,4’-二硫嗎啉、四乙基硫代胺基甲醯二硫化物、二芐基二硫化物、雙(2,4-二硝基苯)二硫化物、4,4’-二胺基二苯基二硫化物、二烯丙基二硫化物、二-第三丁基二硫化物、雙(6-羥基-2-萘基)二硫化物、二環己基二硫化物、鄰異丁硫胺二硫化物、二苯基二硫化物。Examples of the disulfide compound include 2-(4'-morpholinodithio)benzothiazole, 2,2'-benzimidazole disulfide, bis(2-benzamidephenyl)disulfide Sulfide, 1,1-thiobis(2-naphthol), bis(2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)disulfide, 4,4'-dithiomorpholine, tetraethylthioamine Carboxylic acid disulfide, dibenzyl disulfide, bis(2,4-dinitrobenzene) disulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl disulfide, diallyl disulfide compound, di-tert-butyl disulfide, bis(6-hydroxy-2-naphthyl) disulfide, dicyclohexyl disulfide, o-isobutyl thiamine disulfide, diphenyl disulfide.

從與導電層的密接性之觀點考慮,具有未共用電子對之化合物的分子量小於1,000為較佳,50~500為更佳,50~200為進一步較佳,50~115為特佳。From the viewpoint of adhesiveness with the conductive layer, the molecular weight of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably less than 1,000, more preferably 50 to 500, further preferably 50 to 200, and particularly preferably 50 to 115.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有1種具有未共用電子對之化合物,亦可以含有2種以上。 從與導電層的密接性之觀點考慮,具有未共用電子對之化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.3質量%~8質量%為進一步較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain 1 type of compound which has an unshared electron pair independently, and may contain 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of adhesiveness with the conductive layer, the content of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Preferably, 0.3 mass % to 8 mass % is more preferable, and 0.5 mass % to 5 mass % is particularly preferable.

<<色素>> 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層含有色素為較佳,含有顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上並且因酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素(亦簡稱為“色素N”。)亦較佳。若感光性樹脂層含有色素N,則詳細機制尚不清楚,但是與相鄰之層(例如,偽支撐體及第1樹脂層)的密接性得到提高,解析性更優異。 <<Pigment>> From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the analytical properties, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a dye, and the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm when the photosensitive resin layer is contained is 400 nm to 780 nm. Pigments with a wavelength of 450 nm or more whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acids, bases or free radicals (also referred to as "pigment N" for short) are also preferred. When the photosensitive resin layer contains the dye N, the detailed mechanism is not clear, but the adhesiveness with the adjacent layers (for example, the dummy support and the first resin layer) is improved, and the resolution is further excellent.

在本說明書中,色素“因酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變”可以係指處於顯色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及顯色狀態下的色素改變成其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一個態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態改變而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態改變而脫色之化合物。此時,可以為藉由曝光而在感光性樹脂層內產生酸、鹼或自由基並發揮作用而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素,可以為藉由因酸、鹼或自由基而感光性樹脂層內的狀態(例如pH)改變而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素。還可以為不經由曝光而直接接受酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而使顯色或脫色的狀態改變之色素。 In this specification, "the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye is changed due to acid, alkali or radical" may refer to the state in which the dye in the color developing state is decolorized by acid, alkali or radical, and the dye in the decolorized state Any one of an aspect in which a color is developed by an acid, an alkali or a radical, and an aspect in which the pigment in the developed state is changed into a colored state of another hue. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that changes color from a decolorized state by exposure to light, or a compound that decolorizes from a color-developed state by exposure to light. In this case, it may be a dye that generates acid, alkali, or radical in the photosensitive resin layer and acts to change the state of color development or decolorization by exposure, and may be a dye that is exposed to light by acid, alkali, or radical. It is a pigment that changes the state (eg pH) in the resin layer to change the state of color development or decolorization. It may also be a pigment that changes the state of color development or decolorization by directly receiving acid, alkali or radical as a stimulus without exposure.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層含有作為色素N的因自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素及含有光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, from the viewpoints of visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical for better. From the viewpoints of visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, it is relatively preferable for the photosensitive resin layer to contain a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as the dye N and to contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. good. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, it is preferable that the coloring matter N is a coloring matter developed by an acid, a base, or a radical.

作為本發明中的色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出如下態樣:在感光性樹脂層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑,曝光之後因由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)顯色。As an example of the color-developing mechanism of the dye N in the present invention, an aspect in which a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photosensitive resin layer is added to the photosensitive resin layer can be mentioned. Alkali generators, radical-reactive dyes, acid-reactive dyes or base-reactive dyes after exposure due to radicals, acids or bases generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators or photobase generators (e.g. leuco pigments) to develop color.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的色素N的最大吸收波長係550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550nm~650nm為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm during color development of the dye N is preferably 550 nm or more, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, and 550 nm to 550 nm 650nm is further preferable.

色素N的最大吸收波長係在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計:UV3100(SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量在400nm~780nm的範圍內含有色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜,並且上述波長範圍的光的強度成為最小之波長(最大吸收波長)。The maximum absorption wavelength of dye N is in the atmospheric environment, using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION), measuring the transmission spectrum of a solution containing dye N (liquid temperature 25°C) in the range of 400nm to 780nm, and the above wavelengths The intensity of light in the range becomes the minimum wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、噁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,無色化合物為較佳。 As a coloring matter which develops or decolorizes by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, oxa-based dyes, Kouyamaguchi-based dyes, imino naphthoquinone-based dyes, azomethine-based dyes, and Anthraquinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part.

作為無色化合物,例如,可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺旋哌喃骨架之無色化合物(螺旋哌喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有白色黃金胺骨架之無色化合物(白色黃金胺系色素)。 其中,作為無色化合物,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As the leuco compound, for example, a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane-based dye), a leuco compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran-based dye), and a leuco compound having a fluorescent yellow parent skeleton can be mentioned. (Fluorescent yellow parent system pigments), colorless compounds with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane-based pigments), colorless compounds with rhodamine lactamide skeleton (rhodamine lactamide-based pigments), with indole Colorless compounds (indolylphthalide-based pigments) with a phthalolactone skeleton and colorless compounds with a white golden amine skeleton (white golden amine-based pigments). Among them, as the colorless compound, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent-based pigments are preferable, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) or fluorescent yellow parent-based pigments having a triphenylmethane skeleton are more preferable.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)環或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應,使無色化合物改變成閉環狀態而脫色或者使無色化合物改變成開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環,並且因自由基或酸而內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環,並且因自由基或酸而內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。As a colorless compound, it is preferable to have a lactone ring, a sultine ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part. Thereby, the lactone ring, sulfinolactone ring or sultone ring possessed by the colorless compound can be reacted with the radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator , the colorless compound is changed into a closed ring state to decolorize or the colorless compound is changed into an open ring state to develop color. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring and developing a color due to the opening of the lactone ring, the sultone ring or the sultone ring by a free radical or an acid is relatively Preferably, a compound having a lactone ring and developing color due to the ring-opening of the lactone ring by a radical or an acid is more preferable.

作為色素N,例如,可以舉出以下染料及無色化合物。 作為色素N中的染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲苯酚藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯紅紫4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉#312(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅#308(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺醯羅丹明B、黃金胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂胺基-4-對N,N-雙(羥乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮及1-β-萘-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮。 Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Specific examples of the dye in the dye N include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, and quinardine red ( quinaldine red), rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzene Red violet 4B, α-naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin, Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate, Victoria pure blue BOH (Hodogaya Chemical Co. ., Ltd.), Oil Blue #603 (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Powder #312 (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.) , Oil Scarlet #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Green #502 (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.), SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresol violet, cresyl red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulforhodamine B, golden amine, 4 - p-diethylaminophenylimino-naphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-naphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N, N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenylimino-naphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1 - β-Naphthalene-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

作為色素N中的無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對-二甲胺基苯基)-6-二甲胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺旋異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Specific examples of the leuco compound in the dye N include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leuco crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet Lactone, malachite green lactone, benzalkonium colorless methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow parent , 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidine) fluorescent yellow parent, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorescent yellow parent, 3-(N,N-diethyl amino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino)fluorescein yellow parent, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7 - Anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)- 6-Methyl-7-Amino Lucifer Yellow Parent, 3-(N,N-Diethylamino)-6-Methyl-7-Chloro Lucifer Yellow Parent, 3-(N,N-Diethylamino) Ethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3 -(N,N-Diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescein precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylaminofluorescein precursor, 3-(N ,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescein yellow parent, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow parent, 3 -(N,N-Dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-sulfanyl fluorescein precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescein precursor, 3- Pyrrolidyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow parent, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis( 1-n-Butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-( 4-Diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-phthalolactone, 3-(4-diethyl) aminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran- 1(3H),9'-[9H]koushin-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,色素N係因自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the analytical properties, the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals, and a dye that develops color by radicals for better. As the pigment N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferable.

色素可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,色素的含量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,色素N的含量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 A coloring matter may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the analytical properties, the content of the dye is preferably 0.1 mass % or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and 0.1 mass % to 0.1 mass %. 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % are more preferable, and 0.1 mass % - 1 mass % are especially preferable. From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the analytical properties, the content of the dye N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. -10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1 mass % - 5 mass % are more preferable, and 0.1 mass % - 1 mass % are especially preferable.

色素N的含量表示使感光性樹脂層中所包含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 首先,調整2種溶液。詳細而言,製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解了色素0.001g之溶液及在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解了色素0.01g之溶液。在所獲得之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑Irgacure OXE01(產品名稱,BASF Japan Ltd.),照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,將所有色素設為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素而將感光性樹脂層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此以外,藉由與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所獲得之含有感光性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出感光性樹脂層中所包含之色素的含量。 The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all the dyes N contained in the photosensitive resin layer are brought into a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. First, 2 solutions are adjusted. Specifically, a solution in which 0.001 g of a dye was dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone and a solution in which 0.01 g of a dye was dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone were prepared. A photo-radical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (product name, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and light of 365 nm was irradiated to generate radicals, thereby setting all the dyes in a color-developed state. Then, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION) in an atmospheric atmosphere, and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except that 3 g of the photosensitive resin layer was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes were developed was measured by the same method as described above. Based on the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive resin layer was calculated according to the calibration curve.

<<熱交聯性化合物>> 從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,具有後述之乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不被視為聚合性化合物,而被視為熱交聯性化合物。 作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性之觀點考慮,作為熱交聯性化合物,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基反應。因此,例如,在樹脂和/或聚合性化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者之情況下,有所形成之膜的親水性下降,增強將感光性樹脂層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能之傾向。 另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮罩)異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 <<Thermal crosslinkable compound>> From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound. In addition, in this specification, the thermally crosslinkable compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not regarded as a polymerizable compound, but is regarded as a thermally crosslinkable compound. As a thermally crosslinkable compound, a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound are mentioned. Among them, as a thermally crosslinkable compound, a blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. The blocked isocyanate compound reacts with hydroxyl and carboxyl groups. Therefore, for example, when a resin and/or a polymerizable compound or the like has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film is lowered, and the film formed by curing the photosensitive resin layer is strengthened for protection. The tendency of the membrane to function. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of the isocyanate is protected (so-called masking) with a blocking agent".

封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並無特別限制,但是100℃~160℃為較佳,130℃~150℃為更佳。 封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度表示“使用示差掃描熱量儀,藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描量熱法)分析測量時的、伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量儀,例如,能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量儀(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量儀並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100°C to 160°C, more preferably 130°C to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when analyzed and measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) using a differential scanning calorimeter". As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃之封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物、肟化合物。作為活性亞甲基化合物,可以舉出丙二酸二酯(例如,丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)等。作為肟化合物,例如,可以舉出甲醛肟、乙醛肟、乙醯肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有由-C(=N-OH)-表示之結構之化合物等。 在該等之中,解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,例如從保存穩定性之觀點考慮,包含肟化合物為較佳。 As a blocking agent whose dissociation temperature is 100 degreeC - 160 degreeC, an active methylene compound and an oxime compound are mentioned. Examples of the active methylene compound include malonate diesters (for example, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, and di-2-ethylhexyl malonate) and many more. Examples of the oxime compound include formaldehyde oxime, acetaldoxime, acetoxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, cyclohexanone oxime, and the like having a structure represented by -C(=N-OH)- in the molecule. compounds, etc. Among these, it is preferable that the end-capping agent having a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C contains an oxime compound, for example, from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等之觀點考慮,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化來保護而獲得。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物中,具備具有肟化合物作為封端劑之肟結構之化合物從相較於不具有肟結構之化合物容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,並且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點考慮為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoints of improving the brittleness of the film, improving the adhesive force with the transfer target body, and the like. The blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among the blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, a compound having an oxime structure having an oxime compound as a blocking agent is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range than a compound having no oxime structure, and It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to reduce the development residue.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及縮水甘油基等具有環氧基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. It does not specifically limit as a polymerizable group, A well-known polymerizable group can be used, and a radical polymerizable group is preferable. The polymerizable group includes an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyloxy group, a (meth)acrylamido group, and a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is further preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上由SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型DURANATE系列(例如,DURANATE(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、DURANATE(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.製造)。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,還能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 As the blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, and Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) , End-capped DURANATE series (for example, DURANATE (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, DURANATE (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.). As the blocked isocyanate compound, compounds having the following structures can also be used.

【化學式14】

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image029

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 當感光性樹脂層包含熱交聯性化合物之情況下,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,1質量%~50質量%為較佳,5質量%~30質量%為更佳。 A thermally crosslinkable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. for better.

<<具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物>> 正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元A”。)之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“聚合物X”。)為較佳。正型感光性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種聚合物X,亦可以包含2種以上的聚合物X。 <<Polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group>> The positive-type photosensitive resin layer includes a polymer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polymer X") having a structural unit (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "structural unit A") having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group .) is preferred. The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of polymer X alone, or two or more types of polymer X may be contained.

在聚合物X中,被酸分解性基保護之酸基藉由基於曝光而產生之觸媒量的酸性物質(例如,酸)的作用而經過脫保護反應而轉換為酸基。在聚合物X中產生酸基,從而正型感光性樹脂層對顯影液的溶解性增大。In the polymer X, the acid group protected by the acid-decomposable group is converted into an acid group through a deprotection reaction by the action of an acidic substance (eg, acid) based on the catalytic amount generated by exposure. An acid group is generated in the polymer X, and the solubility of the positive-type photosensitive resin layer to a developer increases.

作為聚合物X,加成聚合型的聚合體為較佳,具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯之構成單元之聚合物為更佳。As the polymer X, an addition polymerization type polymer is preferable, and a polymer having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid or its ester is more preferable.

-具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X具備具有被酸分解性基之酸基之構成單元(亦即,構成單元A)為較佳。聚合物X具有構成單元A,從而正型感光性樹脂層的靈敏度提高。 -Constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group- It is preferable that the polymer X has a structural unit having an acid group having an acid-decomposable group (that is, the structural unit A). Since the polymer X has the structural unit A, the sensitivity of the positive-type photosensitive resin layer is improved.

作為酸基,並無限制,能夠利用公知的酸基。酸基係羧基或酚性羥基為較佳。The acid group is not limited, and a known acid group can be used. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.

作為酸分解性基,例如,可以舉出藉由酸而相對容易分解之基團及藉由酸而相對難以分解之基團。作為藉由酸而相對容易分解之基團,例如,可以舉出縮醛型保護基(例如,1-烷氧基烷基、四氫吡喃基及四氫呋喃基)。作為藉由酸而相對難以分解之基團,例如,可以舉出第三級烷基(例如,第三丁基)及第三級烷氧基羰基(例如,第三丁氧基羰基)。上述中,酸分解性基為縮醛型保護基為較佳。Examples of the acid-decomposable group include a group relatively easily decomposed by an acid and a group relatively difficult to decompose by an acid. Examples of groups that are relatively easily decomposed by an acid include acetal-type protecting groups (for example, 1-alkoxyalkyl groups, tetrahydropyranyl groups, and tetrahydrofuranyl groups). As a group which is relatively hard to decompose by an acid, a tertiary alkyl group (for example, 3rd butyl group) and a tertiary alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, 3rd butoxycarbonyl group) are mentioned, for example. Among the above, the acid-decomposable group is preferably an acetal-type protecting group.

從抑制樹脂圖案的線寬的偏差之觀點考慮,酸分解性基的分子量為300以下為較佳。The molecular weight of the acid-decomposable group is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing variation in the line width of the resin pattern.

從靈敏度及解析度之觀點考慮,構成單元A係藉由以下式A1表示之構成單元、藉由式A2表示之構成單元或藉由式A3表示之構成單元為較佳,藉由式A3表示之構成單元為更佳。式A3所表示之構成單元係具有被縮醛型的酸分解性基保護之羧基之構成單元。From the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution, the structural unit A is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula A1, a structural unit represented by the formula A2, or a structural unit represented by the formula A3, and the structural unit represented by the formula A3 is preferably The constituent unit is better. The structural unit represented by the formula A3 is a structural unit having a carboxyl group protected by an acetal-type acid-decomposable group.

【化學式15】

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image031

式A1中,R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 11及R 12中的至少一者表示烷基或芳基,R 13表示烷基或芳基,R 11或R 12與R 13可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 14表示氫原子或甲基,X 1表示單鍵或2價的連結基,R 15表示取代基,n表示0~4的整數。 In formula A1, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 11 and R 12 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 13 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 11 Alternatively, R 12 and R 13 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 15 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0-4.

式A2中,R 21及R 22分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 21及R 22中的至少一者係烷基或芳基,R 23表示烷基或芳基,R 21或R 22與R 23可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 24分別獨立地表示羥基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基羰基、羥基烷基、芳基羰基、芳氧基羰基或環烷基,m表示0~3的整數。 In formula A2, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 23 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 21 Or R 22 and R 23 can be linked to form a cyclic ether, and R 24 each independently represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a hydroxyalkyl group , arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or cycloalkyl, and m represents an integer of 0-3.

式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 31及R 32中的至少一者係烷基或芳基,R 33表示烷基或芳基,R 31或R 32與R 33可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 34表示氫原子或甲基,X 0表示單鍵或伸芳基。 In formula A3, R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 31 and R 32 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 33 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 31 Or R 32 and R 33 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an aryl extended group.

式A3中,R 31或R 32為烷基之情況下,作為烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,R 31或R 32為芳基之情況下,作為芳基,苯基為較佳。 式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,R 33為碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。 式A3中,R 31~R 33所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,R 31或R 32與R 33連結而形成環狀醚為較佳。上述環狀醚的環員數為5或6為較佳,5為更佳。 式A3中,X 0為單鍵為較佳。伸芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,從能夠進一步降低聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)之觀點考慮,R 34為氫原子為較佳。 In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is an aryl group, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group. In formula A3, it is preferable that R 31 and R 32 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In formula A3, R 33 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In formula A3, the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 31 to R 33 may have a substituent. In formula A3, R 31 or R 32 and R 33 are preferably linked to form a cyclic ether. The number of ring members of the above-mentioned cyclic ether is preferably 5 or 6, more preferably 5. In formula A3, X 0 is preferably a single bond. The arylidene group may have a substituent. In Formula A3, it is preferable that R 34 is a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint that the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer X can be further lowered.

式A3中的R 34為氫原子之構成單元的含量相對於聚合物X中所包含之構成單元A的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳。構成單元A中的式A3中的R 34為氫原子之構成單元的含量能夠藉由 13C-核磁共振譜(NMR)測量且利用常規方法計算出之峰強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the structural unit in which R 34 in Formula A3 is a hydrogen atom is preferably 20% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the structural unit A contained in the polymer X. The content of the structural unit in which R 34 in the formula A3 in the structural unit A is a hydrogen atom can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensities measured by 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum (NMR) and calculated by a conventional method.

作為式A1~式A3的較佳態樣,能夠參閱國際公開第2018/179640號的0044段~0058段。As a preferable aspect of Formula A1 - Formula A3, the paragraph 0044 - 0058 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be referred to.

在式A1~式A3中,從靈敏度之觀點考慮,酸分解性基為具有環狀結構之基團為較佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構或四氫吡喃環結構之基團為更佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構之基團進一步較佳,四氫呋喃基為特佳。In the formulas A1 to A3, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the acid-decomposable group is preferably a group having a cyclic structure, more preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran ring structure or a tetrahydropyran ring structure, and a group having a tetrahydrofuran The group of the ring structure is further preferred, and the tetrahydrofuranyl group is particularly preferred.

聚合物X可以單獨具有1種構成單元A,亦可以具有2種以上的構成單元A。The polymer X may have one kind of constituent unit A alone, or may have two or more kinds of constituent units A.

構成單元A的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~40質量%為特佳。構成單元A的含量在上述範圍內,從而進一步提高解析度。聚合物X包含2種以上的構成單元A之情況下,上述構成單元A的含量設為表示2種以上的構成單元A的總含量。構成單元A的含量能夠藉由從 13C-NMR測量中藉由常規方法計算之峰強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the structural unit A is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 40% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer X. When the content of the structural unit A is within the above-mentioned range, the resolution is further improved. When the polymer X contains two or more types of structural units A, the content of the above-mentioned structural units A shall represent the total content of the two or more types of structural units A. The content of the structural unit A can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensities calculated by the conventional method from the 13 C-NMR measurement.

-具有酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X可以具備具有酸基之構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元B”。)。 -Constituent unit with an acid group- The polymer X may have a structural unit having an acid group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "constitutive unit B").

構成單元B係具有未被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元。亦即,構成單元B係具備不具有保護基之酸基之構成單元。聚合物X具有構成單元B,從而圖案形成時之靈敏度稱為良好。進而,聚合物X具有構成單元B,從而在曝光後的顯影步驟中變得容易溶解於鹼性的顯影液中。因此,顯影時間被縮短。The structural unit B is a structural unit having an acid group not protected by an acid-decomposable group. That is, the structural unit B is a structural unit which has an acid group which does not have a protective group. Since the polymer X has the structural unit B, the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation is said to be good. Furthermore, since the polymer X has the structural unit B, it becomes easy to melt|dissolve in an alkaline developing solution in the image development process after exposure. Therefore, the development time is shortened.

構成單元B中的酸基表示,pKa為12以下的質子解離性基團。從提高靈敏度之觀點考慮,酸基的pKa的上限為10以下為較佳,6以下為更佳。酸基的pKa的下限為-5以上為較佳。The acid group in the structural unit B represents a proton dissociative group with a pKa of 12 or less. From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity, the upper limit of the pKa of the acid group is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of the pKa of the acid group is preferably -5 or more.

作為酸基,例如,可以舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、膦酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基及磺醯亞胺基。酸基為羧基或酚性羥基為較佳,羧基為更佳。As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonamido group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a sulfonamido group are mentioned, for example. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, more preferably a carboxyl group.

聚合物X可以具有單獨1種的構成單元B,亦可以具有2種以上的構成單元B。The polymer X may have a single type of the structural unit B, or may have two or more types of the structural unit B.

構成單元B的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為特佳。構成單元B的含量在上述範圍內,從而解析性變得更良好。聚合物X具有2種以上的構成單元B之情況下,上述構成單元B的含量設為表示2種以上的構成單元B的總含量。構成單元B的含量能夠藉由從 13C-NMR測量中藉由常規方法計算之峰強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the structural unit B is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer X. When the content of the structural unit B is within the above-mentioned range, the analytical properties become more favorable. When the polymer X has two or more types of structural units B, the content of the above-mentioned structural units B shall be referred to as the total content of the two or more types of structural units B. The content of the structural unit B can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensities calculated by the conventional method from the 13 C-NMR measurement.

-其他構成單元- 聚合物X具有除了已敘述之構成單元A及構成單元B以外的其他構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元C”。)為較佳。製備構成單元C的種類及含量中的至少一者,從而能夠調整聚合物X的各特性。聚合物X具有構成單元C,從而能夠容易調整聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度、酸值及親水性和疏水性。 -Other constituent units- It is preferable that the polymer X has other structural units (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "constitutive unit C") other than the structural unit A and the structural unit B described above. Each characteristic of the polymer X can be adjusted by preparing at least one of the kind and content of the structural unit C. The polymer X has the structural unit C, so that the glass transition temperature, acid value, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of the polymer X can be easily adjusted.

作為形成構成單元C之單體,例如,可以舉出苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環狀烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、不飽和二羧酸二酯、雙環不飽和化合物、順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物、不飽和芳香族化合物、共軛二烯系化合物、不飽和單羧酸、不飽和二羧酸及不飽和二羧酸酐。Examples of monomers that form the structural unit C include styrenes, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters, (meth)acrylic acid cyclic alkyl esters, (meth)acrylic acid aryl esters, and unsaturated dimethacrylates. Carboxylic acid diesters, bicyclic unsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids and unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides.

從與基板的密接性之觀點考慮,形成構成單元C之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為較佳,具有碳數4~12的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為更佳。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁基及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯。From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness with the substrate, the monomer forming the structural unit C is preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate, and the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. good. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate 2-ethylhexyl acrylate.

作為構成單元C,可以舉出源自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、乙氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯、乙烯基苯甲酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己基、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、丙烯腈或乙二醇單乙醯乙酸酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元。作為構成單元C,亦可以舉出源自日本特開2004-264623號公報的0021段~0024段中所記載之化合物之構成單元。Examples of the structural unit C include those derived from styrene, α-methylstyrene, acetoxystyrene, methoxystyrene, ethoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinyl benzoate, Ethyl vinylbenzoate, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate , (meth) cyclohexyl acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl ester, acrylonitrile or ethylene glycol monoacetate mono (meth) acrylate structural unit. As a structural unit C, the structural unit derived from the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2004-264623 Paragraph 0021 - 0024 can also be mentioned.

從解析性之觀點考慮,構成單元C包含具有鹼性基之構成單元為較佳。作為鹼性基,例如,可以舉出具有氮原子之基團。作為具有氮原子之基團,例如,可以舉出脂肪族胺基、芳香族胺基及含氮雜芳香環基。鹼性基為脂肪族胺基為較佳。From an analytical viewpoint, it is preferable that the structural unit C includes a structural unit having a basic group. As a basic group, the group which has a nitrogen atom is mentioned, for example. As a group which has a nitrogen atom, an aliphatic amine group, an aromatic amine group, and a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring group are mentioned, for example. The basic group is preferably an aliphatic amine group.

作為脂肪族胺基,可以係第一級胺基、第二級胺基及第三級胺基中的任一種,但從解析性之觀點考慮,第二級胺基或第三級胺基為較佳。The aliphatic amine group may be any one of the first-order amino group, the second-order amino group, and the third-order amino group, but from the viewpoint of analytical performance, the second-order amino group or the third-order amino group is better.

作為形成具有鹼性基之構成單元之單體,例如,可以舉出甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基、甲基丙烯酸2-(二甲胺基)乙基、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基、甲基丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基、甲基丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙基、丙烯酸2-(二甲胺基)乙基、丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙基、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二甲胺基)丙基、丙烯酸N-(3-二甲胺基)丙基、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙基、丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙基、甲基丙烯酸2-(二異丙基胺基)乙基、甲基丙烯酸2-嗎啉代乙基、丙烯酸2-嗎啉乙基、N-[3-(二甲胺基)丙基]丙烯醯胺、4-胺基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基吡啶、2-乙烯基吡啶、3-乙烯基吡啶、1-乙烯基咪唑、2-甲基-1-乙烯基咪唑、1-烯丙基咪唑及1-乙烯基-1,2,4-三唑。在上述中,作為形成具有鹼性基之構成單元之單體,甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基為較佳。Examples of monomers that form a structural unit having a basic group include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamine methacrylate) base) ethyl, acrylic acid 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl, methacrylic acid 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl, acrylic acid 2,2, 6,6-Tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-(diethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl acrylate, 2-(diethylamino)acrylate ) ethyl, N-(3-dimethylamino)propyl methacrylate, N-(3-dimethylamino)propyl acrylate, N-(3-diethylamino)propyl methacrylate , acrylic acid N-(3-diethylamino)propyl, methacrylic acid 2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl, methacrylic acid 2-morpholinoethyl, acrylic acid 2-morpholinoethyl , N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl] acrylamide, 4-aminostyrene, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, 1-vinylimidazole, 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole, 1-allylimidazole and 1-vinyl-1,2,4-triazole. Among the above, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate is preferable as a monomer that forms a structural unit having a basic group.

作為構成單元C,從提高電特性之觀點考慮,具有芳香環之構成單元或具有脂肪族環式骨架之構成單元為較佳。作為形成該等構成單元之單體,例如,可以舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、二環戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、異莰(甲基)丙烯酸酯及苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。在上述中,作為構成單元C,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯為較佳。As the structural unit C, a structural unit having an aromatic ring or a structural unit having an alicyclic skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of improving electrical properties. Examples of monomers that form these constituent units include styrene, α-methylstyrene, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Cyclohexyl, isobornyl (meth)acrylate and benzyl (meth)acrylate. Among the above, as the structural unit C, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate is preferable.

聚合物X可以單獨具有1種構成單元C,亦可以具有2種以上的構成單元C。The polymer X may have one kind of the structural unit C alone, or may have two or more kinds of the structural unit C.

構成單元C的含量的上限相對於聚合物X的總質量為90質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳,80質量%以下為特佳。構成單元C的含量的下限相對於聚合物X的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。構成單元C的含量在上述範圍內,從而進一步提高與解析度及基板的密接性。聚合物X具有2種以上的構成單元C之情況下,上述構成單元C的含量設為表示2種以上的構成單元C的總含量。構成單元C的含量能夠藉由從 13C-NMR測量中藉由常規方法計算之峰強度的強度比來確認。 The upper limit of the content of the structural unit C is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer X. The lower limit of the content of the structural unit C is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more, with respect to the total mass of the polymer X. When content of the structural unit C is in the said range, the adhesiveness with a resolution and a board|substrate is further improved. When the polymer X has two or more types of structural units C, the content of the above-mentioned structural units C is set to represent the total content of the two or more types of structural units C. The content of the structural unit C can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensities calculated by the conventional method from the 13 C-NMR measurement.

以下,示出聚合物X的較佳例。其中,聚合物X並不限制於以下例示中。另外,為了獲得較佳的物性,分別適當選擇在下述中示出之聚合物X中的各構成單元的比率及重量平均分子量。Preferred examples of the polymer X are shown below. However, the polymer X is not limited to the following examples. In addition, in order to obtain preferable physical properties, the ratio and weight average molecular weight of each constituent unit in the polymer X shown below are appropriately selected, respectively.

【化學式16】

Figure 02_image033
[Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image033

-玻璃轉移溫度- 聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為90℃以下為較佳,20℃~60℃為更佳,30℃~50℃為特佳。正型感光性樹脂層使用後述之轉印材料而形成之情況下,聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度在上述範圍內,從而正型感光性樹脂層的轉印性提高。 -Glass transition temperature- The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer X is preferably 90°C or lower, more preferably 20°C to 60°C, and particularly preferably 30°C to 50°C. When the positive-type photosensitive resin layer is formed using a transfer material to be described later, the glass transition temperature of the polymer X is within the above-mentioned range, and the transferability of the positive-type photosensitive resin layer is improved.

作為將聚合物X的Tg調整到上述範圍內之方法,例如,可以舉出使用FOX式之方法。依據FOX式,例如,能夠基於作為目標之聚合物X中的各構成單元的均聚物的Tg及各構成單元的質量分率來調整作為目標之聚合物X的Tg。As a method of adjusting the Tg of the polymer X within the above-mentioned range, for example, a method using the FOX formula can be mentioned. According to the FOX formula, for example, the Tg of the target polymer X can be adjusted based on the Tg of the homopolymer of each constituent unit in the target polymer X and the mass fraction of each constituent unit.

以下,關於FOX式,作為一例使用具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物來進行說明。 將第一構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg1、將共聚物中的第一構成單元的質量分率設為W1、將第二構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg2、將共聚物中的第二構成單元的質量分率設為W2之情況下,具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tg0(單位:K)能夠依據以下式來推斷。 FOX式:1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2) Hereinafter, the FOX formula will be described using a copolymer having a first structural unit and a second structural unit as an example. Let the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the first structural unit be Tg1, the mass fraction of the first structural unit in the copolymer to be W1, and the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the second structural unit to be Tg2 . When the mass fraction of the second structural unit in the copolymer is set to W2, the glass transition temperature Tg0 (unit: K) of the copolymer having the first structural unit and the second structural unit can be estimated from the following formula . FOX formula: 1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2)

亦能夠藉由調整聚合物的重量平均分子量來調整聚合物的Tg。The Tg of the polymer can also be adjusted by adjusting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer.

-酸值- 從解析性之觀點考慮,聚合物X的酸值為0mgKOH/g~50mgKOH/g為較佳,0mgKOH/g~20mgKOH/g為更佳,0mgKOH/g~10mgKOH/g為特佳。 -Acid value- From the viewpoint of analytical properties, the acid value of the polymer X is preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 50 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 20 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 10 mgKOH/g.

聚合物的酸值表示在中和每1g聚合物的酸性成分時所需之氫氧化鉀的質量者。以下對具體的測量方法進行說明。首先,將測量試樣溶解於包含四氫呋喃及水之混合溶劑(體積比:四氫呋喃/水=9/1)中。使用電位差滴定裝置(例如,產品名稱:AT-510、KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.製造),用0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液,在25℃下對所獲得之溶液進行中和滴定。將滴定pH曲線的拐點作為滴定終點,並藉由下式計算了酸值。 A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A:酸值(mgKOH/g) Vs:滴定時所需之0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的使用量(mL) f:0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定量 w:測量試樣的質量(g)(固體成分換算) The acid value of the polymer indicates the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid component per 1 g of the polymer. A specific measurement method will be described below. First, a measurement sample is dissolved in a mixed solvent (volume ratio: tetrahydrofuran/water=9/1) containing tetrahydrofuran and water. Using a potentiometric titration apparatus (for example, product name: AT-510, manufactured by KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.), neutralization titration is performed on the obtained solution at 25°C with a 0.1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. The inflection point of the titration pH curve was used as the titration end point, and the acid value was calculated by the following formula. A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A: Acid value (mgKOH/g) Vs: The amount of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL) f: titration amount of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution w: Mass of measurement sample (g) (solid content conversion)

-重量平均分子量- 聚合物X的重量平均分子量(Mw)以聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量計,60,000以下為較佳。正型感光性樹脂層係使用後述之轉印材料來形成之情況下,藉由聚合物X的重量平均分子量為60,000以下,能夠在低溫(例如,130℃以下)下轉印正型感光性樹脂層。 -Weight Average Molecular Weight- The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer X is preferably 60,000 or less in terms of the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene. When the positive-type photosensitive resin layer is formed using the transfer material described later, since the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X is 60,000 or less, the positive-type photosensitive resin can be transferred at a low temperature (for example, 130° C. or less). Floor.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量為2,000~60,000為較佳,3,000~50,000為更佳。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer X is preferably 2,000 to 60,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量相對於聚合物X的數量平均分子量之比(分散度)為1.0~5.0為較佳,1.05~3.5為更佳。The ratio (dispersity) of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X to the number average molecular weight of the polymer X is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.05 to 3.5.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量能夠藉由GPC法(凝膠滲透層析法)來測量。作為測量裝置,能夠使用各種市售的裝置。以下,對基於GPC的聚合物X的重量平均分子量的測量方法進行具體說明。 作為測量裝置,使用HLC(註冊商標)-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)。 作為管柱,使用分別將TSKgel(註冊商標)Super HZM-M(4.6mmID×15cm、TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ4000(4.6mmID×15cm、TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ3000(4.6mmID×15cm、TOSOH CORPORATION製造)及Super HZ2000(4.6mmID×15cm、TOSOH CORPORATION製造)的每一根串聯連結者。 作為洗提液,使用THF(四氫呋喃)。 關於測量條件,將試樣濃度設為0.2質量%、流速設為0.35mL/min、樣品注入量設為10μL及測量溫度設為40℃。 作為檢測器,使用示差折射率(RI)檢測器。 校準曲線使用TOSOH CORPORATION製造之“標準試樣TSK standard,polystyrene”:“F-40”,“F-20”,“F-4”,“F-1”,“A-5000”,“A-2500”及“A-1000”這7種樣品中的任一個來製作。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer X can be measured by the GPC method (gel permeation chromatography). As the measurement device, various commercially available devices can be used. Hereinafter, the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight of the GPC-based polymer X will be specifically described. As a measuring apparatus, HLC (registered trademark)-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) was used. As the column, TSKgel (registered trademark) Super HZM-M (4.6 mmID×15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), Super HZ4000 (4.6 mmID×15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and Super HZ3000 (4.6 mmID×15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) were used, respectively. manufactured) and each serial connector of Super HZ2000 (4.6mmID×15cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). As the eluent, THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used. Regarding the measurement conditions, the sample concentration was set to 0.2 mass %, the flow rate was set to 0.35 mL/min, the sample injection amount was set to 10 μL, and the measurement temperature was set to 40°C. As a detector, a differential refractive index (RI) detector was used. The calibration curve uses the "standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene" manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION: "F-40", "F-20", "F-4", "F-1", "A-5000", "A- 2500" and "A-1000" of 7 kinds of samples.

-含量- 從高解析性之觀點考慮,聚合物X的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。 -content- From the viewpoint of high resolution, the content of the polymer X is preferably 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, and more preferably 70% by mass to 98% by mass relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

-製造方法- 作為聚合物X之製造方法,並無限制,能夠利用公知的方法。例如,能夠藉由在有機溶劑中,使用聚合起始劑來聚合用於形成構成單元A之單體、進而依據需要聚合用於形成構成單元B之單體及用於形成構成單元C之單體來製作聚合物X。聚合物X亦能夠藉由所謂高分子反應來製造。 -Manufacturing method- There is no restriction|limiting as a manufacturing method of the polymer X, A well-known method can be utilized. For example, it is possible to polymerize the monomer for forming the constituent unit A, and further the monomer for forming the constituent unit B and the monomer for forming the constituent unit C as necessary by using a polymerization initiator in an organic solvent to make polymer X. The polymer X can also be produced by a so-called polymer reaction.

<<其他聚合物>> 正型感光性樹脂層包含具備具有被酸分解性基之保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物之情況下,除了具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物以外,亦可以進一步包含不具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“其他聚合物”。)。 <<Other polymers>> When the positive-type photosensitive resin layer includes a polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, in addition to the polymer having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, the A polymer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "other polymer") which does not have a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group may further be included.

作為其他聚合物,例如,可以舉出聚羥基苯乙烯。作為聚羥基苯乙烯的市售品,可以舉出SARTOMER公司製造之SMA 1000P、SMA 2000P、SMA 3000P、SMA 1440F、SMA 17352P、SMA 2625P及SMA 3840F、TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造之ARUFON UC-3000、ARUFON UC-3510、ARUFON UC-3900、ARUFON UC-3910、ARUFON UC-3920及ARUFON UC-3080、以及BASF公司製造之Joncryl 690、Joncryl 678、Joncryl 67及Joncryl 586。As another polymer, polyhydroxystyrene is mentioned, for example. Commercially available polyhydroxystyrenes include SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, and SMA 3840F manufactured by SARTOMER, ARUFON UC-3000 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. , ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920 and ARUFON UC-3080, and Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67 and Joncryl 586 manufactured by BASF Corporation.

正型感光性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種其他聚合物,亦可以包含2種以上的其他聚合物。The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of other polymer alone, or may contain two or more types of other polymers.

正型感光性樹脂層包含其他聚合物之情況下,其他聚合物的含量相對於聚合物成分的總質量為50質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為特佳。When the positive photosensitive resin layer contains other polymers, the content of the other polymers is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly 20% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer components. good.

在本發明中,“聚合物成分”係正型感光性樹脂層中所包含之所有的聚合物的總稱。例如,正型感光性樹脂層包含聚合物X及其他聚合物之情況下,將聚合物X及其他聚合物一併稱為“聚合物成分”。另外,相當於後述之交聯劑、分散劑及界面活性劑之化合物即使係高分子化合物,亦設為不包含聚合物成分者。In the present invention, the "polymer component" is a general term for all the polymers contained in the positive photosensitive resin layer. For example, when the positive photosensitive resin layer contains the polymer X and other polymers, the polymer X and the other polymers are collectively referred to as a "polymer component". In addition, even if the compound corresponding to the crosslinking agent, the dispersing agent, and the surfactant mentioned later is a polymer compound, it is set as the thing which does not contain a polymer component.

聚合物成分的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。The content of the polymer component is preferably 50% by mass to 99.9% by mass, and more preferably 70% by mass to 98% by mass relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

<<鹼溶性樹脂(正型)>> 正型感光性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂為較佳,包含鹼溶性樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為更佳,包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為特佳。 <<Alkali-soluble resin (positive type)>> The positive photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, more preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin and a quinonediazide compound, and particularly preferably contains a resin having a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazide compound.

作為鹼溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出在主鏈或側鏈具有羥基、羧基或磺酸基之樹脂。作為鹼溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出聚醯胺樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯、聚羥基苯乙烯的衍生物、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐共聚物、聚乙烯基羥基苯甲酸酯、含有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂及酚醛清漆樹脂。作為較佳的鹼溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出間-/對-混合甲酚和甲醛的縮聚物及苯酚和甲酚和甲醛的縮聚物。As an alkali-soluble resin, the resin which has a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a sulfonic acid group in a main chain or a side chain is mentioned, for example. Examples of alkali-soluble resins include polyamide resins, polyhydroxystyrene, derivatives of polyhydroxystyrene, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, polyvinyl hydroxybenzoate, carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resin and novolac resin. Preferable alkali-soluble resins include, for example, a polycondensate of m-/p-mixed cresol and formaldehyde, and a polycondensate of phenol, cresol and formaldehyde.

鹼溶性樹脂可以具有酚性羥基(-Ar-OH)、羧基(-CO 2H)、磺酸基(-SO 3H)、磷酸基(-OPO 3H)、磺醯胺基(-SO 2NH-R)或取代磺醯胺基系酸基(例如,活性醯亞胺基、-SO 2NHCOR、-SO 2NHSO 2R及-CONHSO 2R)。其中,Ar表示可以具有取代基之2價的芳基,R表示可以具有取代基之烴基。 The alkali-soluble resin can have phenolic hydroxyl group (-Ar-OH), carboxyl group (-CO 2 H), sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H), phosphoric acid group (-OPO 3 H), sulfonamido group (-SO 2 NH-R) or substituted sulfonamido-based acid groups (eg, activated amide imino, -SO 2 NHCOR, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R and -CONHSO 2 R). Here, Ar represents a divalent aryl group which may have a substituent, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.

酚醛清漆樹脂例如在 酸觸媒的存在下,藉由使苯酚系化合物和醛化合物縮合而獲得。作為苯酚系化合物,例如,可以舉出鄰-、間-或對甲酚、2,5-,3,5-或3,4-二甲酚、2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、2-第三丁基-5-甲基苯酚及第三丁基氫醌。作為醛化合物,例如,可以舉出脂肪族醛類(例如,甲醛、乙醛及乙二醛)及芳香族醛類(例如,苯甲醛及水楊醛)。作為酸觸媒,例如,可以舉出無機酸(例如,鹽酸、硫酸及磷酸)、有機酸(例如,草酸、乙酸及對甲苯磺酸)及2價金屬鹽(例如,乙酸鋅)。縮合反應能夠依據常規方法來進行。例如,在60℃~120℃的溫度且在2小時~30小時的條件下進行縮合反應。縮合反應可以在適當的溶劑中進行。The novolak resin is obtained by condensing a phenolic compound and an aldehyde compound, for example, in the presence of an acid catalyst. As the phenolic compound, for example, o-, m- or p-cresol, 2,5-, 3,5- or 3,4-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 2 - tert-butyl-5-methylphenol and tert-butyl hydroquinone. Examples of the aldehyde compound include aliphatic aldehydes (for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and glyoxal) and aromatic aldehydes (for example, benzaldehyde and salicylaldehyde). Examples of the acid catalyst include inorganic acids (eg, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid), organic acids (eg, oxalic acid, acetic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid), and divalent metal salts (eg, zinc acetate). The condensation reaction can be carried out according to a conventional method. For example, the condensation reaction is carried out at a temperature of 60°C to 120°C under conditions of 2 hours to 30 hours. The condensation reaction can be carried out in a suitable solvent.

其中,作為鹼溶性樹脂,酚醛清漆樹脂等具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂為較佳。Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, a resin having a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as a novolak resin, is preferable.

從圖案形成性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量為5.0×10 2~2.0×10 5為較佳。從圖案形成性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的數量平均分子量為2.0×10 2~1.0×10 5為較佳。 From the viewpoint of pattern formability, the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5.0×10 2 to 2.0×10 5 . From the viewpoint of pattern formability, the number average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2.0×10 2 to 1.0×10 5 .

正型感光性樹脂層可以包含作為取代基而具有碳數為3~8的烷基之苯酚和甲醛的縮聚物(以下,稱為“第1縮聚物”。)。作為第1縮聚物,可以舉出在美國專利第4123279號說明書中記載之第三丁基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物及辛基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物等,正型感光體層可以包含作為取代基而具有碳數3~8的烷基之苯酚與甲醛的縮合物(以下,稱為“第2縮聚物”。)。作為第2縮聚物,可以舉出在美國專利第4123279號說明書中所記載之、第三丁基苯酚甲醛樹脂及辛基苯酚甲醛樹脂等。The positive-type photosensitive resin layer may contain a polycondensate (hereinafter, referred to as a "first polycondensate") of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent. Examples of the first polycondensate include polycondensates of tert-butylphenol and formaldehyde, polycondensates of octylphenol and formaldehyde described in the specification of US Pat. No. 4,123,279, and the like, and the positive photoreceptor layer may contain as a substituent A condensate of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (hereinafter, referred to as a "second polycondensate"). Examples of the second polycondensate include tertiary butylphenol formaldehyde resins, octylphenol formaldehyde resins, and the like described in the specification of US Pat. No. 4,123,279.

正型感光性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或2種以上的鹼溶性樹脂。 鹼溶性樹脂的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量,30質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,40質量%~99.5質量%為更佳,70質量%~99質量%為特佳。 The positive-type photosensitive resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins alone. The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass to 99.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 70% by mass to 99% by mass relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

<<光酸產生劑>> 正型感光性樹脂層作為感光性化合物而包含光酸產生劑為較佳。光酸產生劑係能夠藉由活化光線(例如,紫外線、遠紫外線、X射線及電子束)的照射而產生酸之化合物。 <<Photoacid generator>> It is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitive compound. Photoacid generators are compounds capable of generating acids by irradiation with activating light rays (eg, ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams).

作為光酸產生劑,係藉由對波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活化光線進行感應而產生酸之化合物為較佳。關於不直接感應波長300nm以上的活化光線之光酸產生劑,若為藉由併用敏化劑來感應波長300nm以上的活化光線而產生酸之化合物,亦能夠與敏化劑組合而較佳地使用。As a photoacid generator, the compound which produces|generates an acid by sensing the activation light of wavelength 300nm or more, preferably wavelength 300nm - 450nm is preferable. Regarding the photoacid generator that does not directly sense activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, if it is a compound that generates an acid by using a sensitizer in combination with activating light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, it can also be preferably used in combination with a sensitizer. .

光酸產生劑係產生pKa為4以下的酸之光酸產生劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光酸產生劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光酸產生劑為特佳。源自光酸產生劑之酸的pKa的下限並無限制。源自光酸產生劑之酸的pKa的下限例如為-10.0以上為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less, and a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less. Excellent. The lower limit of the pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is not limited. The lower limit of the pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is preferably, for example, -10.0 or more.

作為光酸產生劑,例如,可以舉出離子性光酸產生劑及非離子性光酸產生劑。As a photoacid generator, an ionic photoacid generator and a nonionic photoacid generator are mentioned, for example.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,例如,可以舉出鎓鹽化合物。作為鎓鹽化合物,例如,可以舉出二芳基錪鹽化合物、三芳基鋶鹽化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。離子性光酸產生劑為鎓鹽化合物為較佳,三芳基鋶鹽化合物及二芳基錪鹽化合物中的至少一者之為特佳。As an ionic photoacid generator, an onium salt compound is mentioned, for example. As an onium salt compound, a diaryl iodonium salt compound, a triaryl perionium salt compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound are mentioned, for example. The ionic photoacid generator is preferably an onium salt compound, and particularly preferably at least one of a triaryl perionium salt compound and a diaryl iodonium salt compound.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,還能夠較佳地使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114段~0133段中記載之離子性光酸產生劑。As the ionic photoacid generator, the ionic photoacid generator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 can also be preferably used.

作為非離子性光酸產生劑,例如,可以舉出三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。從靈敏度、解析度及與基板的密接性之觀點考慮,非離子性光酸產生劑為肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。As a nonionic photoacid generator, a trichloromethyl-symmetric trisulfate compound, a diazomethane compound, an imine sulfonate compound, and an oxime sulfonate compound are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion to the substrate, it is preferable that the nonionic photoacid generator is an oxime sulfonate compound.

作為三氯甲基均三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以舉出能夠例示出日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段~0088段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the trichloromethyl mesitine compound, the diazomethane compound, and the imidate compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP 2011-221494 A. .

作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,能夠較佳地使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段~0088段中所記載者。As the oxime sulfonate compound, those described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be preferably used.

從靈敏度及解析度之觀點考慮,光酸產生劑係選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中的至少1種化合物為較佳,肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound and an oxime sulfonate compound, and more preferably an oxime sulfonate compound.

作為光酸產生劑的較佳例,可以舉出具有以下結構之光酸產生劑。As a preferable example of a photoacid generator, the photoacid generator which has the following structure is mentioned.

【化學式17】

Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image035

作為在波長405nm下存在吸收之光酸產生劑,例如,可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS(註冊商標)SP-601(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photoacid generator which has absorption in wavelength 405nm, ADEKA ARKLS (registered trademark) SP-601 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION) is mentioned, for example.

從耐熱性及尺寸穩定性之觀點考慮,正型感光性樹脂層作為酸產生劑(較佳為光酸產生劑)而包含醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。 醌二疊氮化合物例如能夠在脫鹵化氫劑的存在下,使具有酚性羥基之化合物和醌二疊氮磺醯鹵進行縮合反應而合成。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance and dimensional stability, it is preferable that the positive photosensitive resin layer contains a quinonediazide compound as an acid generator (preferably a photoacid generator). The quinonediazide compound can be synthesized, for example, by subjecting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group to a condensation reaction with a quinonediazidesulfonyl halide in the presence of a dehydrohalogenating agent.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,例如,可以舉出1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、其他醌二疊氮衍生物的磺酸酯;1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸氯及2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸氯。Examples of the quinonediazide compound include 1,2-benzoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, and 1,2-naphthoquinone Diazide-5-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide Nitrogen-5-sulfonic acid esters, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid esters, sulfonic acid esters of other quinonediazide derivatives; 1,2-benzoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid Chlorine, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid chloride, 2,1-Naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid chloride, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid chloride and 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid chloride.

正型感光性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種光酸產生劑,亦可以包含2種以上的光酸產生劑。 從靈敏度及解析度之觀點考慮,光酸產生劑的含量相對於正型感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。 The positive photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photoacid generator alone, or may contain two or more types of photoacid generators. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive resin layer.

<<其他成分>> 感光性樹脂層可以含有除了上述以外的成分。 <<Other ingredients>> The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the above.

-界面活性劑- 從厚度均勻性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層含有界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、非離子性(亦即,Nonionic)界面活性劑及兩性界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060~0071段中記載之界面活性劑。 -Surfactant- From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (that is, nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. As the surfactant, for example, the surfactants described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-237362 can be mentioned.

作為界面活性劑,氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE(產品名稱)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad(產品名稱)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon(產品名稱)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox(產品名稱)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為NEOS Corporation製造)等。 氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具備具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE(產品名稱)DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日))例如MEGAFACE(產品名稱)DS-21。 As the surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (product name) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F- 143, F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS- 90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation above), Fluorad (product name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited above), Surflon (product name) S-382 , SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (the above are manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox (product name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above are manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), Ftergent 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (the above are manufactured by NEOS Corporation), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic-based compound can also be preferably used. The acrylic-based compound has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is partially cleaved and the fluorine atom is volatilized. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE (product name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example MEGAFACE (product name) DS-21.

氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。 氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用封端聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙基氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。作為這種氟系界面活性劑的市售品,可以舉出MEGAFACE(產品名稱)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. As the fluorine-based surfactant, an end-blocking polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, the fluorine-containing polymer compound comprising a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a Structural unit of a (meth)acrylate compound having 5 or more alkeneoxy groups (preferably, ethylideneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups). As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used. As a commercial item of such a fluorine-type surfactant, MEGAFACE (product name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation) etc. are mentioned.

作為非離子性界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic(登錄商標)(產品名稱)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic(產品名稱)304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse(產品名稱)20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN(產品名稱)D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 近年來,顧慮到環境適應性,因此具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物用使用了全氟辛烷酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)的替代材料之界面活性劑為較佳。 Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate) base, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol diethyl ether Laurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic (registered trademark) (product name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation ), Tetronic (product name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (the above are manufactured by BASF), Solsperse (product name) 20000 (the above is manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (the above are manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN (product name) D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (the above are manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (the above are manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like. In recent years, in consideration of environmental compatibility, compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having a carbon number of 7 or more have been replaced by perfluorooctane acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS). The surfactant is preferred.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵組成之直鏈狀聚合物及向側鏈或末端導入了有機基團而得之改質矽氧烷聚合物。 作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出DOWSIL(產品名稱)8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds, and modified siloxane polymers obtained by introducing organic groups to side chains or terminals. Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include DOWSIL (product name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (the above are Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd .manufactured), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc. above), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Inc. above), etc.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種界面活性劑,亦可以含有2種以上。 界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone, or two or more types may be contained. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.

-添加劑- 感光性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,依據需要可以含有公知的添加劑。 作為添加劑,例如,可以舉出聚合抑制劑、敏化劑、塑化劑、烷氧基矽烷化合物及溶劑。感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種各添加劑,亦可以含有2種以上。 作為添加劑,可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱自由基聚合起始劑、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增稠劑及有機或無機的沉澱抑制劑。關於該等添加劑的較佳態樣,分別記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0165段~0184段中,且該等內容藉由參閱而編入到本說明書中。 -additive- In addition to the above-mentioned components, the photosensitive resin layer may contain known additives as necessary. As an additive, a polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, an alkoxysilane compound, and a solvent are mentioned, for example. The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of each additive alone, or may contain two or more types. Examples of additives include metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid proliferators, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners and Organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors. Preferable aspects of these additives are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-85643, respectively, and these contents are incorporated into this specification by reference.

感光性樹脂層可以含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。 作為聚合抑制劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報0018段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,作為聚合抑制劑,啡噻、吩噁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化亞銅、亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性樹脂組成物的靈敏度,作為其他聚合抑制劑,將亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作聚合抑制劑為較佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, a radical polymerization inhibitor is preferable. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 can be mentioned. Among them, as the polymerization inhibitor, phenothiazine, phenoxine or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable. As another polymerization inhibitor, naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosoamine, etc. are mentioned. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, as another polymerization inhibitor, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt is preferably used as the polymerization inhibitor.

聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光性樹脂組成物賦予保存穩定性之觀點考慮,將聚合抑制劑的含量設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度之觀點考慮,將聚合抑制劑的含量設為3質量%以下為較佳。The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. From the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin composition, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 mass % or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 3 mass % or less.

感光性樹脂層可以含有敏化劑。 關於敏化劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的敏化劑、染料及顏料。作為敏化劑,例如,可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧雜蒽酮化合物、噻口星酮化合物、吖啶酮化合物、噁唑化合物、苯并噁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、芪化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thiacone compounds, and acridone compounds. , oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, triazole compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene dicarboxylate Amine compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨含有一種敏化劑,亦可以含有2種以上。 在感光性樹脂層含有敏化劑之情況下,敏化劑的含量能夠依據目的而適當選擇,但是從提高對光源的靈敏度及提高基於聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡之硬化速度之觀點考慮,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of sensitizer alone, or may contain two or more types. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoints of improving the sensitivity to a light source and improving the curing speed based on the balance between the polymerization speed and chain transfer, it is relatively The total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.

感光性樹脂層可以含有選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中之至少1種。 作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097~0103段及0111~0118段中所記載之化合物。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound. As the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be mentioned.

感光性樹脂層、較佳為正型感光性樹脂層可以包含烷氧基矽烷化合物。 作為烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如,可以舉出γ-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-氯丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、β-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三烷氧基矽烷及乙烯基三烷氧基矽烷。 The photosensitive resin layer, preferably a positive-type photosensitive resin layer, may contain an alkoxysilane compound. Examples of the alkoxysilane compound include γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, -Glycidoxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-Methacryloyloxypropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-Methacryloyloxypropylalkyldialkoxysilane, γ-Methacryloyloxypropyldialkoxysilane - Chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrialkoxysilane and vinyltrialkoxysilane.

在上述中,烷氧基矽烷化合物為三烷氧基矽烷化合物為較佳,γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷或γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為更佳,γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為進一步較佳,3-縮水甘油醚丙基三甲氧基矽烷為特佳。Among the above, the alkoxysilane compound is preferably a trialkoxysilane compound, and γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or γ-methacryloyloxypropyltrialkoxysilane is More preferably, γ-glycidyloxypropyltrialkoxysilane is further preferred, and 3-glycidyletherpropyltrimethoxysilane is particularly preferred.

感光性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種烷氧基矽烷化合物,亦可以包含2種以上的烷氧基矽烷化合物。 從與基板的密接性及耐蝕刻性之觀點考慮,烷氧基矽烷化合物的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~40質量%為更佳,1.0質量%~30質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of alkoxysilane compound alone, or may contain two or more types of alkoxysilane compounds. From the viewpoints of adhesion to the substrate and etching resistance, the content of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.5% by mass to 40% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably, 1.0 mass % - 30 mass % are especially preferable.

感光性樹脂層可以含有溶劑。藉由包含溶劑之感光性樹脂組成物而形成了感光性樹脂層之情況下,溶劑有時殘留於感光性樹脂層中。The photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent. When the photosensitive resin layer is formed from the photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer.

<<雜質等>> 感光性樹脂層可以包含既定量的雜質。 作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易作為雜質混入,因此雜質的含量設為下述含量為較佳。 <<Impurities, etc>> The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and ions thereof. Among them, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed as impurities, so the content of impurities is preferably set to the following content.

感光性樹脂層中的雜質的含量的上限,以質量基準計係80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。關於雜質的含量的下限,以質量基準計,能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The upper limit of the content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less on a mass basis, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and further preferably 2 ppm or less. The lower limit of the content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more on a mass basis, or 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出:作為組成物的原料而選擇雜質的含量少者;防止在製作感光性樹脂層時雜質混入;及進行清洗而去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of setting the impurities within the above range, selection of the content of the impurities as a raw material of the composition is small, prevention of contamination of impurities during the production of the photosensitive resin layer, and removal by washing are exemplified. By this method, the amount of impurities can be set within the above-mentioned range.

關於與雜質,例如,能夠藉由ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發光分光分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。The amount of impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography, for example.

感光性樹脂層中的特定的化合物的含量少為較佳。作為特定的化合物,可以舉出苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等。 關於該等特定化合物相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量之含量的上限,以質量基準計係100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。 該等特定的化合物相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量的含量的下限以質量基準計,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量能夠設為10ppb以上,並且能夠設為100ppb以上。關於該等特定的化合物,能夠藉由與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法抑制含量。該等特定的化合物的含量能夠藉由公知的測量法來定量。 It is preferable that the content of the specific compound in the photosensitive resin layer is small. Specific compounds include benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylethyl acetate Amide and hexane, etc. The upper limit of the content of these specific compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, and even more preferably 4 ppm or less on a mass basis. The lower limit of the content of these specific compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer can be 10 ppb or more and can be 100 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer on a mass basis. About these specific compounds, the content can be suppressed by the same method as the impurity of the above-mentioned metal. The content of these specific compounds can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層中的水的含量係0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination properties, the content of water in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 mass %.

<<殘留單體>> 感光性樹脂層有時包含與上述鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元對應之殘留單體。 從圖案化性及可靠性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體的含量的上限相對於鹼溶性樹脂總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體的含量的下限並無特別限制,1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。 從圖案化性及可靠性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體的含量的上限相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。鹼溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體的含量的下限並無特別限制,0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。 <<Residual monomer>> The photosensitive resin layer may contain the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the said alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the upper limit of the content of residual monomers in each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, relative to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin. 500 mass ppm or less is more preferable. The lower limit of the content of the residual monomer in each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 10 mass ppm or more. From the viewpoints of patternability and reliability, the upper limit of the content of the residual monomer in each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 600 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Preferably, 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable. The lower limit of the content of the residual monomer in each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more.

在藉由高分子反應來合成鹼溶性樹脂時之單體的殘留單體量亦設為上述範圍為較佳。例如,在羧酸側鏈使丙烯酸縮水甘油酯反應而合成鹼溶性樹脂之情況下,將丙烯酸縮水甘油酯的含量設為上述範圍為較佳。 殘留單體的量能夠藉由液體層析法及氣相層析法等公知的方法來測量。 When synthesizing an alkali-soluble resin by a polymer reaction, it is preferable that the residual monomer amount of the monomer is also in the above range. For example, in the case of synthesizing an alkali-soluble resin by reacting glycidyl acrylate in a carboxylic acid side chain, it is preferable to set the content of glycidyl acrylate in the above-mentioned range. The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

<<物性等>> 感光性樹脂層的層厚為0.1μm~300μm為較佳,0.2μm~100μm為更佳,0.5μm~50μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~15μm為更進一步較佳,0.5μm~10μm為特佳,0.5μm~8μm為最佳。藉此,感光性樹脂層的顯影性得到提高,從而能夠提高解析性。 從進一步發揮解析性及本發明中的效果之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層的層厚(厚度)為10μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,0.5μm~4.0μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~3.0μm為特佳。 關於感光性轉印材料所具備之各層的層厚,利用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope:掃描電子顯微鏡)觀察相對於感光性轉印材料的主表面垂直之方向的剖面,依據所獲得之觀察圖像測量10點以上各層的厚度,並且藉由計算其平均值來測量。 <<Properties, etc>> The thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 100 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm to 50 μm, still more preferably 0.5 μm to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm , 0.5μm~8μm is the best. Thereby, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer is improved, and the analytical property can be improved. From the viewpoint of further exhibiting the analytical properties and the effects of the present invention, the layer thickness (thickness) of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, still more preferably 0.5 μm to 4.0 μm, and 0.5 μm or less. μm to 3.0 μm is particularly preferred. Regarding the layer thickness of each layer included in the photosensitive transfer material, the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer material was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscope), and the obtained The thickness of each layer was measured at 10 points or more from the observation image, and was measured by calculating the average value thereof.

從密接性更優異之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層的波長為365nm的光的透射率的下限為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為較佳,50%以上為更佳。上述透光率的上限並無特別限制,99.9%以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of more excellent adhesiveness, the lower limit of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned light transmittance is not particularly limited, but preferably 99.9% or less.

<<形成方法>> 感光性樹脂層的形成方法只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則並無特別限制。 作為感光性樹脂層的形成方法,例如,可以舉出如下方法,在負型感光性樹脂層之情況下,製備含有鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及溶劑等之感光性樹脂組成物,在偽支撐體等的表面塗佈感光性樹脂組成物,並且乾燥感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜來形成。 <<Formation method> The formation method of the photosensitive resin layer will not be specifically limited if it is a method which can form the layer containing the said component. As a method of forming the photosensitive resin layer, for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive resin layer, a method of preparing a photosensitive resin containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent, and the like is exemplified. The composition is formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on the surface of the dummy support and the like, and drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition.

作為感光性樹脂層的形成中所使用之感光性樹脂組成物,例如,可以舉出鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑、含有上述任意成分及溶劑之組成物。 為了調節感光性樹脂組成物的黏度並使得容易形成感光性樹脂層,感光性樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 Examples of the photosensitive resin composition used for the formation of the photosensitive resin layer include alkali-soluble resins, polymerizable compounds, photopolymerization initiators, and compositions containing the above-mentioned optional components and solvents. In order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and to facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent.

-溶劑- 作為感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及上述任意成分,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。 作為溶劑,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(例如,甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(例如,丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(例如,甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(例如,N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(例如,四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的2種以上之混合溶劑。 在製作具備偽支撐體、熱塑性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層、感光性樹脂層及保護膜之感光性轉印材料之情況下,感光性樹脂組成物含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少1種為較佳。其中,作為感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少1種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少1種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少1種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這3種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。 -Solvent- The solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the alkali-soluble resin, the polymerizable compound, the photopolymerization initiator, and the above-mentioned optional components, and known solvents can be used. Examples of the solvent include alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (for example, methanol, ethanol, etc.), and ketone solvents (for example, acetone and methyl ethyl ketone). etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (for example, toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (for example, tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents, amides An amine solvent, a lactone solvent, and a mixed solvent containing two or more of these. In the case of producing a photosensitive transfer material having a dummy support, a thermoplastic resin layer, a water-soluble resin layer, a photosensitive resin layer and a protective film, the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ethers and At least one of the group of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents is preferred. Among them, as the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a solvent including a ketone is included. and at least one mixed solvent from the group of cyclic ether solvents is more preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents A mixed solvent of three kinds, a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent, is more preferable.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092~0094段中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889公報的0014段中所記載之溶劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 Examples of the alkylene glycol ether solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Examples of the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate. Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate. As the solvent, the solvent described in the paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in the paragraph 0014 of JP-A No. 2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.

感光性樹脂組成物可以單獨含有一種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上。 塗佈感光性樹脂組成物時之溶劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份,50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。 The photosensitive resin composition may contain one type of solvent alone, or may contain two or more types. The content of the solvent at the time of coating the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition.

感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法並無特別限制,例如可以舉出藉由預先製備將各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液,並將所獲得之溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備感光性樹脂組成物之方法。 從粒子的去除性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂組成物在形成感光性樹脂層之前,使用過濾器來過濾為較佳。過濾器的孔徑為0.2μm~10μm為較佳,0.2μm~7μm為更佳,0.2μm~5μm為進一步較佳。 關於過濾器的材質及形狀,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知者。 上述過濾進行1次以上為較佳,進行複數次亦較佳。 The preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a solution prepared by dissolving each component in the above-mentioned solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solution is mixed in a predetermined ratio to prepare a photosensitive resin. method of composition. From the viewpoint of particle removability, it is preferable to filter the photosensitive resin composition using a filter before forming the photosensitive resin layer. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.2 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 7 μm, and even more preferably 0.2 μm to 5 μm. The material and shape of the filter are not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. It is preferable to carry out the above-mentioned filtration more than once, and it is also preferable to carry out a plurality of times.

感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈方法並無特別限制,利用公知的方法塗佈即可。作為塗佈方法,例如可以舉出狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈。 感光性樹脂層可以藉由將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於後述之保護膜上並使其乾燥而形成。 The coating method of the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and may be coated by a known method. As a coating method, slot coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating are mentioned, for example. The photosensitive resin layer can be formed by apply|coating the photosensitive resin composition on the protective film mentioned later, and drying it.

從解析性及偽支撐體的剝離性之觀點考慮,本發明中的感光性轉印材料在上述偽支撐體與上述感光性樹脂層之間具有其他層為較佳。 作為其他層,可以較佳地舉出水溶性樹脂層、熱塑性樹脂層、保護膜等。 其中,感光性轉印材料作為上述轉印層而具有水溶性樹脂層為較佳,作為上述轉印層,具有熱塑性樹脂層及水溶性樹脂層為更佳。 It is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material in this invention has another layer between the said dummy support and the said photosensitive resin layer from a viewpoint of an analytical property and the peelability of a dummy support. As another layer, a water-soluble resin layer, a thermoplastic resin layer, a protective film, etc. are mentioned preferably. Among them, the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a water-soluble resin layer as the transfer layer, and more preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer and a water-soluble resin layer as the transfer layer.

〔水溶性樹脂層〕 感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間,具有後述之熱塑性樹脂層之情況下,在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性樹脂層之間具有水溶性樹脂層為較佳。水溶性樹脂層能夠抑制在形成複數個層時以及在保存時之成分的混合。 [Water-soluble resin layer] When the photosensitive transfer material has a thermoplastic resin layer described later between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable to have a water-soluble resin layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. The water-soluble resin layer can suppress the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and at the time of storage.

從顯影性以及抑制塗佈複數個層時及塗佈後保存時成分混合之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層係水溶性層為較佳。在本發明中,“水溶性”表示在液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g中的溶解度為0.1g以上。The water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoints of developability and suppression of component mixing during application of a plurality of layers and storage after application. In the present invention, "water solubility" means that the solubility in 100 g of water of pH 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22°C is 0.1 g or more.

作為水溶性樹脂層,例如,可以舉出在日本特開平5-72724號公報中作為“分離層”而記載之具有阻氧功能之阻氧層。水溶性樹脂層係阻氧層,從而提高曝光時之靈敏度,曝光機的時間負載減少之結果,生產率得到提高。關於用作水溶性樹脂層之阻氧層,只要從公知的層中適當選擇即可。用作水溶性樹脂層之阻氧層顯示低氧透射性,且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉1質量%水溶液)之阻氧層為較佳。 從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層包含無機層狀化合物為較佳。 作為無機層狀化合物,係具有薄的平板狀的形狀之粒子,例如,可以舉出天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母化合物、式:3MgO·4SiO·H 2O中所表示之滑石、帶雲母、蒙脫石、皂石、鋰膨潤石、磷酸鋯等。 作為雲母化合物,例如,可以舉出由式:A(B,C) 2-5D 4O 10(OH,F,O) 2〔其中,A係K、Na及Ca中的任一個,B及C係Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg及V中的任一個,D係Si或Al。〕所表示之天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母群。 As a water-soluble resin layer, the oxygen-barrier layer which has an oxygen-barrier function which is described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 5-72724 as a "separation layer" is mentioned, for example. The water-soluble resin layer is an oxygen barrier layer, thereby improving the sensitivity during exposure, and as a result of reducing the time load of the exposure machine, the productivity is improved. The oxygen barrier layer used as the water-soluble resin layer may be appropriately selected from known layers. The oxygen barrier layer used as the water-soluble resin layer exhibits low oxygen permeability, and the oxygen barrier layer dispersed or dissolved in water or an aqueous alkali solution (a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22° C.) is preferred. From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, analytical properties, and pattern formability, it is preferable that the water-soluble resin layer contains an inorganic layered compound. The inorganic layered compound is a particle having a thin, flat shape, and examples thereof include mica compounds such as natural mica and synthetic mica, talc represented by the formula: 3MgO·4SiO·H 2 O, band mica, Mongolian Destone, soapstone, lithium bentonite, zirconium phosphate, etc. Examples of mica compounds include those represented by the formula: A(B, C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH, F, O) 2 [wherein A is any one of K, Na, and Ca, and B and C is any of Fe(II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg, and V, and D is Si or Al. ] represents the natural mica, synthetic mica and other mica groups.

在雲母群中,作為天然雲母,可以舉出白雲母、鈉雲母、金雲母、黑雲母及鋰雲母。作為合成雲母,可以舉出氟金雲母KMg 3(AlSi 3O 10)F 2、鉀四矽雲母KMg 2.5Si 4O 10)F 2等非膨潤性雲母;及Na四環雲母NaMg 2.5(Si 4O 10)F 2、Na或Li帶雲母(Na,Li)Mg 2Li(Si 4O 10)F 2、蒙脫石系Na或Li鋰膨潤石(Na,Li) 1/8Mg 2/5Li 1/8(Si 4O 10)F 2等膨潤性雲母等。進而,合成膨潤石亦有用。 Among the mica groups, examples of natural mica include muscovite, sodium mica, phlogopite, biotite, and lepidolite. Examples of synthetic mica include non-swellable mica such as fluorophlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 )F 2 , potassium tetrasilica KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 )F 2 , and the like; and Na tetracyclic mica NaMg 2.5 (Si 4 ). O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li with mica (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , montmorillonite Na or Li lithium bentonite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2/5 Swellable mica such as Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 and the like. Furthermore, synthetic bentonite is also useful.

作為無機層狀化合物的形狀,從擴散控制之觀點考慮,厚度越薄越好,僅限不阻礙塗佈面的平滑性和活化光線的透射性時,平面尺寸越大越好。故,縱橫比為20以上為較佳,100以上為更佳,200以上為特佳。縱橫比係長涇相對於粒子的厚度之比,例如,能夠從基於粒子的顯微鏡照片之投影圖來測量。縱橫比越大則所獲得之效果越高。As the shape of the inorganic layered compound, from the viewpoint of diffusion control, the thinner the thickness, the better, and the larger the plane size, the better, only if the smoothness of the coated surface and the transmittance of the activation light are not hindered. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the length to the thickness of the particle, and can be measured, for example, from a projection of a micrograph based on the particle. The larger the aspect ratio, the higher the effect obtained.

關於無機層狀化合物的粒徑,其平均長徑為0.3μm~20μm為較佳,0.5μm~10μm為更佳,1μm~5μm為特佳。粒子的平均厚度為0.1μm以下為較佳,0.05μm以下為更佳,0.01μm以下為特佳。具體而言,例如,無機層狀化合物係代表性化合物亦即膨潤性合成雲母之情況下,作為膨潤性合成雲母的較佳態樣,厚度為1nm~50nm程度、面尺寸(長徑)為1μm~20μm程度。Regarding the particle size of the inorganic layered compound, the average major diameter is preferably 0.3 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, when the swellable synthetic mica is a representative compound of the inorganic layered compound, as a preferable aspect of the swellable synthetic mica, the thickness is about 1 nm to 50 nm, and the surface size (long diameter) is 1 μm. ~20μm grade.

從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,無機層狀化合物的含量相對於水溶性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳。From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, analytical properties, and pattern forming properties, the content of the inorganic layered compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass relative to the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer. better.

水溶性樹脂層包含樹脂為較佳。作為水溶性樹脂層中所包含之樹脂,例如,可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯基醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物。水溶性樹脂層中所包含之樹脂為水溶性樹脂為較佳。It is preferable that the water-soluble resin layer contains resin. Examples of resins contained in the water-soluble resin layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, acrylamide-based resins, polyethylene oxide-based resins, and gelatin. , vinyl ether resins, polyamide resins and their copolymers. The resin contained in the water-soluble resin layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.

從抑制複數個層間的成分的混合之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層中所包含之樹脂係與負型感光性樹脂層中所包含之聚合物A及熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之熱塑性樹脂(亦即,鹼溶性樹脂)均不同之樹脂為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing mixing of components between a plurality of layers, the resin system contained in the water-soluble resin layer, the polymer A contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer, and the thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic resin layer (ie, , alkali-soluble resins) are different resins are preferred.

從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層包含水溶性化合物為較佳,包含水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性化合物,並無特別限制,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化加成物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及醯胺化合物之群組中的1種以上的化合物為較佳,選自包括聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、羥丙基纖維素及羥丙基甲基纖維素之群組中的至少1種水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出水溶性纖維素誘導體、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、丙烯醯胺樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、聚環氧乙烷樹脂、明膠、乙烯基醚樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等共聚物等樹脂。 其中,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,水溶性化合物包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,聚乙烯醇為更佳。 聚乙烯醇的水解度並無特別限制,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮,73mol%~99mol%為較佳。 從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性之觀點考慮, 聚乙烯醇作為單體單元二包含伸乙烯為較佳。 From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, analytical properties, and pattern formation properties, it is preferable that the water-soluble resin layer contains a water-soluble compound, and it is more preferable that it contains a water-soluble resin. The water-soluble compound is not particularly limited, and is selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyhydric alcohols, and oxidative adducts of polyhydric alcohols from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, analytical properties, and pattern forming properties. , polyethers, phenol derivatives and amide compounds in the group of more than one compound is preferred, selected from including polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl At least one water-soluble resin in the group of cellulose is more preferable. Examples of water-soluble resins include water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, acrylamide resins, (meth)acrylate resins, polyethylene oxide resins, gelatin, and vinyl ethers. Resins, polyamide resins, and these copolymers. Among them, it is preferable that the water-soluble compound contains polyvinyl alcohol from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, analytical properties, and pattern forming properties, and it is more preferable that polyvinyl alcohol is contained. The degree of hydrolysis of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is preferably 73 mol % to 99 mol % from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, resolution, and pattern forming properties. From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developability, analytical properties, and pattern formation properties, it is preferable that polyvinyl alcohol contains vinylene as a monomer unit.

從阻氧性、以及抑制塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮為更佳。The water-soluble resin layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and more preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties and suppression of mixing of components during application of multiple layers and storage after application. good.

水溶性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或者2種以上的樹脂。The water-soluble resin layer may contain one kind or two or more kinds of resins alone.

從抑制阻氧性以及塗佈複數層時及塗佈後保存時的成分的混合之觀點考慮,水溶性樹脂層中的水溶性化合物的含有比例相對於水溶性樹脂層的總質量,50質量%~100質量%為較佳,70質量%~100質量%為更佳,80質量%~100質量%為進一步較佳,90質量%~100質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the water-soluble compound in the water-soluble resin layer is 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer, from the viewpoint of suppressing oxygen barrier properties and mixing of components when applying multiple layers and during storage after application. -100 mass% is preferable, 70 mass% to 100 mass% is more preferable, 80 mass% to 100 mass% is further preferable, and 90 mass% to 100 mass% is particularly preferable.

水溶性樹脂層可以根據需要包含添加劑。作為添加劑,例如,可以舉出界面活性劑。The water-soluble resin layer may contain additives as needed. As an additive, a surfactant is mentioned, for example.

水溶性樹脂層的厚度並無限制。水溶性樹脂層的平均厚度為0.1μm~5μm為較佳,0.5μm~3μm為更佳。水溶性樹脂層的厚度在上述範圍內,從而不降低阻氧性,能夠抑制在形成複數個層時及保存時的成分的混合,並且能夠抑制顯影時的水溶性樹脂層的去除時間的增大。The thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is not limited. The average thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is within the above-mentioned range, the oxygen barrier properties are not lowered, the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage can be suppressed, and the increase in the removal time of the water-soluble resin layer at the time of development can be suppressed. .

關於水溶性樹脂層之形成方法,只要係能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無限制。作為水溶性樹脂層的形成方法,例如,可以舉出在熱塑性樹脂層或感光性樹脂層的表面,塗佈水溶性樹脂層組成物之後,乾燥水溶性樹脂層組成物的塗膜之方法。The method for forming the water-soluble resin layer is not limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method of forming the water-soluble resin layer, for example, a method of drying the coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition after coating the water-soluble resin layer composition on the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer is exemplified.

作為水溶性樹脂層組成物,例如,可以舉出樹脂及包含任意的添加劑之組成物。水溶性樹脂層組成物由於調節水溶性樹脂層組成物的黏度,並且容易形成水溶性樹脂層,因此包含溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,只要係能夠將樹脂進行溶解或分散之溶劑,則並無限制。溶劑係選自包括水及水互溶性有機溶劑之群組中的至少1種為較佳,水或水與水互溶性的有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。Examples of the water-soluble resin layer composition include resins and compositions containing arbitrary additives. The water-soluble resin layer composition preferably contains a solvent because the viscosity of the water-soluble resin layer composition is adjusted and the water-soluble resin layer is easily formed. The solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the resin. Preferably, the solvent is at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent, and more preferably, water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent.

作為水互溶性的有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出碳數為1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油。水互溶性的有機溶劑係碳數為1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.

〔熱塑性樹脂層〕 本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料可以具有熱塑性樹脂層。感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間具有熱塑性樹脂層為較佳。感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間具有熱塑性樹脂層,從而提高對黏附物的追隨性而抑制氣泡混入黏附物與感光性轉印材料之間,結果層間的密接性得到提高。 [Thermoplastic resin layer] The photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention may have a thermoplastic resin layer. The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer. The photosensitive transfer material has a thermoplastic resin layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer, thereby improving the followability to the adherend and suppressing the mixing of air bubbles between the adherend and the photosensitive transfer material. As a result, the adhesion between the layers is improved. improve.

熱塑性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂作為熱塑性樹脂為較佳。It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.

作為鹼溶性樹脂,例如,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并噁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。Examples of alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, Epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene dialkylene alcohol.

從顯影性及與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。在此,“丙烯酸樹脂”表示具有選自包括源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯醯胺之構成單元之群組中的至少1種之樹脂。From the viewpoint of developability and the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin. Here, "acrylic resin" means having a structure selected from the group consisting of a constitutional unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a constitutional unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and a constitutional unit derived from (meth)acrylamide At least one of the resins.

在丙烯酸樹脂中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯醯胺之構成單元的總含量的比率係50質量%以上為較佳。在丙烯酸樹脂中,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的合計含量的比例相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,30質量%~100質量%為較佳,50質量%~100質量%為更佳。In the acrylic resin, the total of the structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid, the structural units derived from (meth)acrylates, and the structural units derived from (meth)acrylamide relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin The content ratio is preferably 50% by mass or more. In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylate is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin , 50% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable.

鹼溶性樹脂係具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。作為酸基,例如,可以舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group are mentioned, for example, a carboxyl group is preferable.

從顯影性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂係酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的鹼溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。鹼溶性樹脂的酸值的上限不受限制。鹼溶性樹脂的酸值的上限為200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not limited. The upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.

作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的樹脂中適當選擇而使用。作為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,例如可以舉出日本特開2011-95716號公報的0025段中所記載之聚合物中的酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的0033~0052段中所記載之聚合物中的酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的0053~0068段中所記載之黏合劑聚合物中的酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。There is no restriction|limiting in particular as a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, It can select and use suitably from a well-known resin. Examples of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more include, for example, a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the polymer described in paragraph 0025 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-95716, Carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP 2010-237589 A and those described in paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP 2016-224162 A An acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the binder polymer.

含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的含有比例相對於含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,12質量%~30質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxyl group in the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin relative to the total mass of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 12% by mass % to 30% by mass is particularly preferred.

從顯影性及與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂係具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之結構單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。From the viewpoint of developability and the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, and is particularly preferred.

鹼溶性樹脂可以具有反應性基。反應性基例如係能夠加成聚合之基團即可。作為反應性基,例如,可以舉出乙烯性不飽和基、可縮聚基團(例如,羥基及羧基)及聚加成反應性基(例如,環氧基及(封端)異氰酸酯基)。The alkali-soluble resin may have reactive groups. The reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization. As a reactive group, an ethylenically unsaturated group, a polycondensation-polymerizable group (for example, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group), and a polyaddition reactive group (for example, an epoxy group and a (blocked) isocyanate group) are mentioned, for example.

鹼溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係1,000以上為較佳,1萬~10萬為更佳,2萬~5萬為特佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

熱塑性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或2種以上的鹼溶性樹脂。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins alone.

從顯影性及與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,10質量%~99質量%為較佳,20質量%~90質量%為更佳,40質量%~80質量%為進一步較佳,50質量%~70質量%為特佳。From the viewpoints of developability and adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, and preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. The mass % is more preferable, 40 mass % to 80 mass % is further preferable, and 50 mass % to 70 mass % is particularly preferable.

熱塑性樹脂層包含顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上,並且,藉由酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素(以下,有時稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。色素B的較佳的態樣除了後述之點以外,與上述之色素N的較佳的態樣相同。The thermoplastic resin layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm during color development, and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or radical (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "dye B"). .) is preferred. The preferred aspect of the dye B is the same as the preferred aspect of the dye N described above, except for the point described later.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,色素B係藉由酸或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由酸而最大吸收波長改變之色素為更佳。From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the non-exposed part, and the analytical properties, it is preferable that the dye B is a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid for better.

從曝光部的可見性及非曝光部的可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含作為色素B的藉由酸而最大吸收波長改變之色素及後述之藉由光而產生酸之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the non-exposed part, the thermoplastic resin layer contains the dye B, the dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid, and the compound that generates acid by light, which will be described later. better.

熱塑性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或2種以上的色素B。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of dyes B alone.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,色素B的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2質量%~6質量%為更佳,0.2質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.25質量%~3.0質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the non-exposed part, the content ratio of the dye B is preferably 0.2 mass % or more, more preferably 0.2 mass % to 6 mass %, with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. 0.2 mass % - 5 mass % are more preferable, and 0.25 mass % - 3.0 mass % are especially preferable.

在此,色素B的含有比例表示將熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素B全部設為顯色狀態時的色素的含有比例。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例,對色素B的含有比例的定量方法進行說明。首先,製備2種溶液。詳細而言,製備在甲基乙基酮(100mL)中溶解了色素(0.001g)之溶液及在甲基乙基酮(100mL)中溶解了色素(0.01g)之溶液。在所獲得之各溶液中加入作為光自由基聚合起始劑的IRGACURE OXE-01(BASF公司製造)之後,照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,將所有色素設為顯色狀態。接著,在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素而將熱塑性樹脂層(0.1g)溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此以外,藉由與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所獲得之含有熱塑性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素的量。Here, the content ratio of the dye B represents the content ratio of the dye when all the dyes B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer are in a color-developed state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content ratio of the dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. First, 2 solutions were prepared. Specifically, a solution in which a dye (0.001 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL) and a solution in which a dye (0.01 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL) were prepared. After adding IRGACURE OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) as a photo-radical polymerization initiator to each of the obtained solutions, radicals were generated by irradiating light of 365 nm, and all the dyes were brought into a colored state. Next, using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION) in an atmospheric atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured, and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, in place of the dye, the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone, and the absorbance of the solution in which all the dye was developed was measured by the same method as above. Based on the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the pigment contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was calculated according to the calibration curve.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(以下,有時稱為“化合物C”。)。化合物C係接受活化光線(例如,紫外線及可見光線)而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。作為化合物C,可以舉出公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。化合物C係光酸產生劑為較佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "compound C") that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light. Compound C is preferably a compound that accepts activating light (eg, ultraviolet and visible light) to generate acid, base or free radical. As compound C, well-known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators) can be mentioned. Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.

從解析性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,可以舉出上述之感光性樹脂層中可以包含之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除了後述之點以外,較佳的態樣亦相同。From the viewpoint of resolution, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a photoacid generator. As a photoacid generator, the photocationic polymerization initiator which can be contained in the photosensitive resin layer mentioned above is mentioned, and the preferable aspect is the same except for the point mentioned later.

光酸產生劑,從靈敏度及解析性之觀點考慮,包含選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少1種為較佳,從靈敏度、解析性及密接性之觀點考慮,包含肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。The photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds from the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution, and from the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution and adhesion , it is more preferable to contain oxime sulfonate compounds.

光酸產生劑係具有以下結構之光酸產生劑亦較佳。It is also preferable that the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator having the following structure.

【化學式18】

Figure 02_image037
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image037

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光鹼產生劑。作為光鹼產生劑,例如,可以舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺甲酸酯、三苯甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己胺、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷-1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-嗎啉乙烷、(4-嗎啉苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄氧羰基)吡咯啶、氯化六胺鈷(III)三(三苯甲基硼酸鹽)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator. As the photobase generator, for example, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, trityl alcohol, O-aminocarbamoylhydroxyamide, O-aminocarbamoyloxime, [[(2 ,6-dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane-1,6-diamine, 4-(methylthio) Benzyl)-1-methyl-1-morpholineethane, (4-morpholinobenzyl)-1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N-(2-nitro benzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, hexamine cobalt(III) chloride tris(trityl borate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butanone , 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-dihydropyridine Acetyl-4-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出上述感光性樹脂層中可以包含之可以含有之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. As a photoradical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator which can be contained in the said photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, for example, and the preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含1種或者2種以上的化合物C。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one compound C or two or more compounds.

從曝光部的可見性及非曝光部的可見性及解析性之觀點考慮,相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,化合物C的含有比例係0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the non-exposed part, the content ratio of the compound C is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, and preferably 0.5% by mass to 0.5% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. 5 mass % is more preferable.

從解析性、與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含塑化劑為較佳。It is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesiveness and developability of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.

塑化劑的分子量(寡聚物或聚合物的分子量係指重量平均分子量(Mw)。以下,本段中相同。)小於鹼溶性樹脂的分子量為較佳。塑化劑的分子量為200~2,000為較佳。The molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw). Hereinafter, the same in this paragraph.) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.

可塑劑只要為與鹼溶性樹脂相容而顯現可塑性之化合物,則不受限制。從賦予可塑性之觀點而言,可塑劑在分子中具有伸烷氧基之化合物為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所包含之伸烷氧基具有聚乙烯氧結構或聚丙烯氧結構為較佳。The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, a compound having an alkaneoxy group in the molecule of the plasticizer is preferable, and a polyalkylene glycol compound is more preferable. Preferably, the alkaneoxy group contained in the plasticizer has a polyethylene oxygen structure or a polypropylene oxygen structure.

從解析性及保存穩定性之觀點考慮,塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析性及與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,鹼溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂,且塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability, it is preferable that the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound. From the viewpoints of compatibility, resolution, and adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin, and it is more preferable that the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound.

作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如,可以舉出在上述乙烯性不飽和化合物中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。在感光性轉印材料中,熱塑性樹脂層與感光性樹脂層直接接觸而配置之情況下,熱塑性樹脂層及感光性樹脂層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。藉由熱塑性樹脂層及感光性樹脂層分別包含相同之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,則抑制層間的成分擴散,保存穩定性得到提高。As a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound described in the said ethylenically unsaturated compound is mentioned, for example. In the photosensitive transfer material, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth)acrylate compound. When the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer respectively contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, diffusion of components between layers is suppressed, and storage stability is improved.

在熱塑性樹脂層為包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑之情況下,從熱塑性樹脂層與相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,即使在曝光後的曝光部中(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦不聚合為較佳。When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, from the viewpoint of the adhesiveness between the thermoplastic resin layer and the adjacent layer, even in the exposed portion after exposure, (meth)acrylic acid It is also preferred that the ester compound is not polymerized.

在某實施形態中,從解析性、與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物在一分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer has two or more in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesiveness and developability of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. A (meth)acrylate compound of a (meth)acryloyl group is preferable.

在某實施形態中,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound or a urethane (meth)acrylate compound having an acid group.

熱塑性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或者2種以上的塑化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of plasticizers alone.

從解析性、與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性之觀點考慮,塑化劑的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,1質量%~70質量%為較佳,10質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為特佳。From the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, the content ratio of the plasticizer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, and 10% by mass is preferred. %-60 mass % is more preferable, and 20-50 mass % is especially preferable.

從厚度均勻性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出可以包含於上述感光性樹脂層之界面活性劑,較佳態樣亦相同。From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a surfactant. As a surfactant, for example, the surfactant which can be contained in the said photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, and the preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或者2種以上的界面活性劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of surfactants alone.

界面活性劑的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量,0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含敏化劑。作為敏化劑,例如,可以舉出上述之負型感光性樹脂層中可以包含之敏化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. As a sensitizer, the sensitizer which can be contained in the negative photosensitive resin layer mentioned above is mentioned, for example.

熱塑性樹脂層可以單獨包含1種或者2種以上的敏化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type or two or more types of sensitizers alone.

從提高對光源的靈敏度、曝光部的可見性及非曝光部的可見性之觀點考慮,敏化劑的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part, and the visibility of the non-exposed part, the content ratio of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, and is preferably 0.05% by mass. The mass % to 1 mass % is more preferable.

熱塑性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,還可以依需要包含公知的添加劑。In addition to the above-mentioned components, the thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives as necessary.

關於熱塑性樹脂層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0189段~0193段中。上述公報的內容藉由參閱而編入到本說明書中。The thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of the above-mentioned publications are incorporated into this specification by reference.

熱塑性樹脂層的厚度並無限制。從與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度的下限為1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度的上限並無限制。從顯影性及解析性之觀點考慮,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度的上限為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為特佳。The thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the lower limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more. The upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolution, the upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less.

關於熱塑性樹脂層之形成方法,只要係能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無限制。作為熱塑性樹脂層的形成方法,例如,可以舉出在偽支撐體的表面塗佈熱塑性樹脂組成物,並且乾燥熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜之方法。The method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a formation method of a thermoplastic resin layer, the method of apply|coating a thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of a dummy support body, and drying the coating film of a thermoplastic resin composition, for example is mentioned.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物,例如,可以舉出包含上述成分之組成物。為了調節熱塑性樹脂組成物的黏度並使得容易形成熱塑性樹脂層,熱塑性樹脂組成物包含溶劑為較佳。As a thermoplastic resin composition, the composition containing the above-mentioned components is mentioned, for example. In order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and make it easy to form the thermoplastic resin layer, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin composition contains a solvent.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑,只要係能夠對熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之成分進行溶解或分散之溶劑,則並無限制。作為溶劑,可以舉出可以包含上述之感光性樹脂組成物之溶劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. As a solvent, the solvent which can contain the photosensitive resin composition mentioned above is mentioned, and the preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂組成物可以單獨包含1種或2種以上的溶劑。The thermoplastic resin composition may contain one type or two or more types of solvents alone.

熱塑性樹脂組成物中的溶劑的含有比例相對於熱塑性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份,50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The content of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition.

熱塑性樹脂組成物的製備及熱塑性樹脂層的形成只要依照上述感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法及負型感光性樹脂層的形成方法進行即可。例如,藉由預先製備將熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之各成分溶解於溶劑而成之溶液,並將所獲得之各溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備熱塑性樹脂組成物。然後,能夠藉由將所獲得之熱塑性樹脂組成物塗佈於臨時支撐體的表面,並使熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成熱塑性樹脂層。在保護膜上形成感光性樹脂層之後,可以在感光性樹脂層的表面形成熱塑性樹脂層。The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out in accordance with the above-mentioned preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition and the formation method of the negative photosensitive resin layer. For example, the thermoplastic resin composition is prepared by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in a solvent in advance, and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio. Then, the thermoplastic resin layer can be formed by applying the obtained thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. After forming the photosensitive resin layer on the protective film, a thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.

〔保護膜〕 感光性轉印材料具有保護膜為較佳。 另外,保護膜不包含於上述轉印層中。 感光性樹脂層與保護膜直接接觸為較佳。 [Protective film] It is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material has a protective film. In addition, a protective film is not included in the said transfer layer. It is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is in direct contact with the protective film.

作為構成保護膜之材料,可以舉出樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度及撓性之觀點考慮,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,作為樹脂膜,聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜或聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 As a material which comprises a protective film, a resin film and paper are mentioned, From a viewpoint of strength and flexibility, a resin film is preferable. Examples of the resin film include polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. Among them, as the resin film, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.

保護膜的厚度(層厚)並無特別限制,但是5μm~100μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳。 從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性之觀點考慮,保護膜中的與上述感光性樹脂層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以下為較佳,小於保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為更佳。 從輸送性及捲取性之觀點考慮,保護膜中的與上述感光性樹脂層側的相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的上限為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。 從解析性更加優異之觀點考慮,保護膜中的上述感光性樹脂層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的上限為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。藉由保護膜的表面的Ra值在上述範圍內而感光性樹脂層及所形成之樹脂圖案的層厚的均勻性得到提高。 保護膜的表面的Ra值的下限並無特別限制,兩面均分別為1nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳,20nm以上為特佳。 保護膜的剝離力小於偽支撐體的剝離力為較佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, and more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the photosensitive resin layer side in the protective film is the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer in the protective film from the viewpoints of transportability, defect suppression properties of the resin pattern, and analytical properties. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side is preferably less than or equal to the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the photosensitive resin layer in the protective film. The upper limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the photosensitive resin layer side in the protective film is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, from the viewpoints of transportability and windability. 70 nm or less is more preferable, and 50 nm or less is particularly preferable. From the viewpoint of more excellent resolution, the upper limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive resin layer side in the protective film is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 70 nm or less, and 50 nm or less. The following are excellent. When the Ra value of the surface of a protective film is in the said range, the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the resin pattern formed improves. The lower limit of the Ra value on the surface of the protective film is not particularly limited, and both sides are preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 20 nm or more. It is preferable that the peeling force of the protective film is smaller than that of the dummy support.

感光性轉印材料可以具備上述層以外的層(以下,亦稱為“其他層”。)。作為其他層,例如可以舉出比度增強層(contrast enhancement layer)。 關於比度增強層,記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段中。關於其他層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0194~0196段中。該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。 The photosensitive transfer material may include layers other than the above-mentioned layers (hereinafter, also referred to as "other layers"). As another layer, for example, a contrast enhancement layer can be mentioned. The contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640. The other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated into this specification.

感光性轉印材料的總厚度為5μm~55μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~40μm為特佳。感光性轉印材料的總厚度依據上述各層的厚度的測量方法之方法來測量。 從進一步發揮本發明之效果之觀點考慮,感光性轉印材料中的偽支撐體及除了保護膜之各層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上8μm以下為特佳。 從進一步發揮本發明之效果之觀點考慮,感光性轉印材料中的感光性樹脂層、水溶性樹脂層及熱塑性樹脂層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上8μm以下為特佳。 The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 μm to 55 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 20 μm to 40 μm. The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured according to the above-mentioned method of measuring the thickness of each layer. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present invention, the total thickness of the dummy support and each layer except the protective film in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 8 μm or less. 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less are particularly preferred. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present invention, the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, the water-soluble resin layer and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 8 μm or less. More preferably, 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less are particularly preferred.

〔感光性轉印材料的製造方法〕 本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料的製造方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的製造方法,例如公知的各層的形成方法。 以下,參閱圖1對本發明中使用之感光性轉印材料的製造方法進行說明。但是,本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料並不限於具有圖1所示之構成者。 圖1係表示本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料的一實施態樣中之層構成的一例之概略剖面圖。圖1所示之感光性轉印材料20具有依序積層有臨時支撐體11、熱塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15、感光性樹脂層17及保護膜19之構成。圖1中的轉印層12係熱塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15及感光性樹脂層17。 [Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer material] The manufacturing method of the photosensitive transfer material used by this invention is not specifically limited, A well-known manufacturing method, for example, a well-known formation method of each layer can be used. Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 1, the manufacturing method of the photosensitive transfer material used by this invention is demonstrated. However, the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention is not limited to those having the configuration shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure in one embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention. The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which a temporary support 11 , a thermoplastic resin layer 13 , a water-soluble resin layer 15 , a photosensitive resin layer 17 , and a protective film 19 are laminated in this order. The transfer layer 12 in FIG. 1 is the thermoplastic resin layer 13 , the water-soluble resin layer 15 , and the photosensitive resin layer 17 .

作為上述感光性轉印材料20的製造方法,例如可以舉出包括如下製程之方法:藉由在臨時支撐體11的表面上塗佈熱塑性樹脂組成物之後,使熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成熱塑性樹脂層12之製程;藉由在熱塑性樹脂層13的表面上塗佈水溶性樹脂層組成物之後,使水溶性樹脂層組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成水溶性樹脂層15之製程;藉由在水溶性樹脂層15的表面塗佈含有乙烯性不飽和化合物之感光性樹脂組成物之後,使感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成感光性樹脂層16之製程。 在上述之製造方法中,使用熱塑性樹脂組成物、水溶性樹脂層組成物及感光性樹脂組成物為較佳。熱塑性樹脂組成物含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少1種。水溶性樹脂層組成物含有選自包括水及水互溶性的有機溶劑之群組中的至少1種。感光性樹脂組成物含有選自包括黏合劑聚合物、乙烯性不飽和化合物以及伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少1種。 藉此,能夠抑制在熱塑性樹脂層13的表面上塗佈水溶性樹脂層組成物和/或具有水溶性樹脂層組成物的塗膜之積層體的保存期間之熱塑性樹脂層13中所含有之成分與水溶性樹脂層15中所包含之成分的混合。進而,能夠抑制在水溶性樹脂層15的表面上塗佈感光性樹脂組成物及/或具有感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜之積層體的保存期間之水溶性樹脂層15中所含有之成分與感光性樹脂層16中所含有之成分的混合。 As a method for producing the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material 20, for example, a method including a process in which the thermoplastic resin composition is coated on the surface of the temporary support 11, and then the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried to obtain a The process of forming the thermoplastic resin layer 12; the process of forming the water-soluble resin layer 15 by coating the water-soluble resin layer composition on the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13, and then drying the coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition; The process of forming the photosensitive resin layer 16 by coating the photosensitive resin composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated compound on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15, and drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition. In the above-mentioned manufacturing method, it is preferable to use a thermoplastic resin composition, a water-soluble resin layer composition, and a photosensitive resin composition. The thermoplastic resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. The water-soluble resin layer composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent. The photosensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a binder polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, an alkylene glycol ether solvent, and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 13 during the storage period of the laminate in which the water-soluble resin layer composition and/or the coating film having the water-soluble resin layer composition is coated on the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13 . Mixing with components contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 . Furthermore, the components contained in the water-soluble resin layer 15 during the storage period of the layered product in which the photosensitive resin composition and/or the coating film having the photosensitive resin composition is coated on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer 15 can be suppressed from and Mixing of components contained in the photosensitive resin layer 16 .

藉由將保護膜19壓接在藉由上述之製造方法製造之積層體的感光性樹脂層17上來製造感光性轉印材料20。 作為本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料之製造方法,藉由包括設置保護膜19以與感光性樹脂層17的第2面接觸之步驟而製造感光性轉印材料20為較佳。感光性轉印材料20具備偽支撐體11、熱塑性樹脂層13、水溶性樹脂層15、感光性樹脂層17及保護膜19。 藉由上述製造方法而製造感光性轉印材料20之後,可以藉由捲取感光性轉印材料20來製作及保管輥形態的感光性轉印材料。輥形態的感光性轉印材料能夠以該形態直接提供到後述之以輥對輥方式與基板貼合之步驟。 The photosensitive transfer material 20 is produced by pressing the protective film 19 on the photosensitive resin layer 17 of the laminate produced by the above-described production method. As the manufacturing method of the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention, it is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer material 20 by including the step of providing the protective film 19 so as to be in contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer 17 . The photosensitive transfer material 20 includes a dummy support 11 , a thermoplastic resin layer 13 , a water-soluble resin layer 15 , a photosensitive resin layer 17 , and a protective film 19 . After the photosensitive transfer material 20 is produced by the above-described production method, the photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll can be produced and stored by winding up the photosensitive transfer material 20 . The photosensitive transfer material in the form of a roll can be directly supplied in this form to a step of laminating to a substrate by a roll-to-roll method, which will be described later.

本發明中使用之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地用於需要基於光微影之精密微細加工之各種用途。將感光性樹脂層進行圖案化之後,可以將感光性樹脂層作為被膜進行蝕刻,亦可以進行以電鍍為主體之電鑄。藉由圖案化而獲得之硬化膜可以用作永久膜,例如,可以用作層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配之配線保護膜等。本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地使用於形成半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線之用途、以及形成如觸控面板、電磁屏蔽材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領取中之結構物等之用途。The photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention can be preferably used for various applications requiring precise microfabrication based on photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer may be etched as a film, or electroforming mainly by electroplating may be performed. The cured film obtained by patterning can be used as a permanent film, for example, as an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protection film, a wiring protection film with refractive index matching, and the like. The photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention can be preferably used for the formation of various wirings of semiconductor packages, printed substrates, sensor substrates, and the formation of touch panels, electromagnetic shielding materials, film heaters, and the like. It can be used for conductive films, liquid crystal sealing materials, structures in micromachines or microelectronics, etc.

本發明中所使用之感光性轉印材料還可以較佳地舉出感光性樹脂層為包含顏料之著色樹脂層的態樣。 作為著色樹脂層的用途,除了上述以外,例如適用[or應用]於形成液晶顯示裝置(LCD)以及固體攝像元件〔例如,CCD(charge-coupled device:電荷耦合元件)及CMOS(complementary metal oxide semiconductor:互補式金屬氧化物半導體)〕中所使用之濾色器等的著色像素或黑矩陣之用途。 關於著色樹脂層中之顏料以外的態樣,與上述態樣相同。 As the photosensitive transfer material used in the present invention, the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a coloring resin layer containing a pigment. As the application of the colored resin layer, in addition to the above, for example, it is suitable for forming a liquid crystal display device (LCD) and a solid-state imaging device (eg, a charge-coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS). : Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)] used for coloring pixels or black matrices such as color filters. The aspect other than the pigment in the colored resin layer is the same as the aspect described above.

<顏料> 感光性樹脂層可以為包含顏料之著色樹脂層。 近年來, 在電子設備所具有之液晶顯示窗有時會安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃,以保護液晶顯示窗。為了形成該種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要依據所期望的色相來適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除了黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,在形成黑色系圖案之情況下,可較佳地選擇黑色顏料作為顏料。 <Pigment> The photosensitive resin layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In recent years, a cover glass in which a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer is formed on the peripheral edge of the back surface of a transparent glass substrate or the like is sometimes attached to a liquid crystal display window included in an electronic device to protect the liquid crystal display window. In order to form such a light shielding layer, a colored resin layer can be used. The pigment may be appropriately selected according to the desired hue, and may be selected from black pigments, white pigments, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, in the case of forming a black-based pattern, a black pigment can be preferably selected as the pigment.

作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本發明中之效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度之觀點考慮,作為黑色顏料,例如,可較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦及黑鉛等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻之觀點考慮,表面的至少一部分被樹脂包覆之碳黑為較佳。As the black pigment, known black pigments (organic pigments, inorganic pigments, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, for example, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, black lead, etc. are preferably used as black pigments, and carbon black is particularly preferred. As carbon black, from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black in which at least a part of the surface is covered with resin is preferable.

從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑以數量平均粒徑計係0.001μm~0.1μm為較佳,0.01μm~0.08μm為更佳。 在此,粒徑係指,依據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數均粒徑係對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而獲得之平均值。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle diameter of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 0.08 μm, in terms of number average particle diameter. Here, the particle size refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is obtained from a photographic image of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered, and the number-average particle size refers to an arbitrary 100 The average value obtained by obtaining the above-mentioned particle diameter for each particle and averaging the obtained 100 particle diameters.

作為黑色顏料以外的顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015段及0114段中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,白色顏料中作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型氧化鈦為特佳。 可以對氧化鈦的表面實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施2種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。 從減小加熱後的感光性樹脂層的厚度之觀點考慮,作為對氧化鈦的表面的表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為特佳。 As pigments other than black pigments, the white pigments described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used. Specifically, among the white pigments, as inorganic pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zinc white, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferred , titanium oxide is further preferred. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable. Silica treatment, alumina treatment, titania treatment, zirconium dioxide treatment, or organic substance treatment may be applied to the surface of the titanium oxide, and two or more kinds of treatments may be applied. Thereby, the catalytic activity of the titanium oxide is suppressed, and the heat resistance, the fading property, and the like are improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer after heating, as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable, and alumina treatment and zirconia treatment are preferred. Handling both is excellent.

當感光性樹脂層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性之觀點考慮,感光性樹脂層進一步包含黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,從分散性更優異之觀點考慮,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如,可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index:色指數(以下為C.I.)42595)、黃金胺(C.I.41000)、脂黑HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾賴特黃GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久洋紅FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、主酵母紅ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久紅寶石FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉B蘇普拉(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉爾牢藍(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾賴特牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,作為彩色顏料,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 When the photosensitive resin layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive resin layer further contains a color pigment other than a black pigment and a white pigment from the viewpoint of transferability. When a color pigment is included, the particle diameter of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of more excellent dispersibility. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index: Color Index (C.I. hereinafter) 42595), Golden Amine (C.I. 41000), Grease Black HB (C.I. 26150), Monoright Yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), Permanent Yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), Permanent Magenta FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), Master Yeast Red ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby FBH ( C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel Powder B Supra (C.I. Pigment Red 81), Monastrell Fast Blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monoright Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) and carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23, etc. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is preferable as the color pigment.

在感光性樹脂層包含顏料之情況下,顏料的含量相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量,大於3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,大於3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,大於5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive resin layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably more than 3 mass % and 40 mass % or less, more preferably more than 3 mass % and 35 mass % or less, with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, More than 5 mass % and 35 mass % or less are more preferable, and 10 mass % or more and 35 mass % or less are especially preferable.

感光性樹脂層包含黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)之情況下,黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料的總質量,30質量%以下為較佳,1~20質量%為更佳,3~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive resin layer contains pigments other than black pigments (white pigments and color pigments), the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less, and 1 to 20% by mass relative to the total mass of the black pigments. More preferably, 3-15 mass % is more preferable.

另外,當感光性樹脂層包含黑色顏料且感光性樹脂層由感光性樹脂組成物形成時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性樹脂組成物中為較佳。 分散液可以係藉由在有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中加入預先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而獲得之混合物並使用分散機進行分散來製備者。關於顏料分散劑,只要依據顏料及溶劑來選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指,設為顏料分散液時,使顏料分散之介質的部分。媒液係液狀,並且包含以分散狀態保持黑色顏料之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 In addition, when the photosensitive resin layer contains a black pigment and the photosensitive resin layer is formed from the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to introduce the black pigment (preferably carbon black) into the photosensitive resin composition in the form of a pigment dispersion liquid . The dispersion can be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by premixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing using a dispersing machine. The pigment dispersant may be selected according to the pigment and the solvent, and for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the medium liquid refers to the part of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed when used as a pigment dispersion liquid. The vehicle is liquid and contains a binder component that keeps the black pigment in a dispersed state, and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component.

作為分散機,並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機、超級碾磨機、溶解器、均質混合器及混砂機等公知的分散機。進而,可以藉由機械磨碎利用摩擦力對上述混合物進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參閱“顏料的百科全書”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd.,2000年,438頁、310頁)的記載。Although it does not specifically limit as a dispersing machine, For example, well-known dispersing machines, such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a supermill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mixer, are mentioned. Furthermore, the above-mentioned mixture can be finely pulverized by mechanical pulverization using frictional force. Regarding the disperser and the fine pulverization, the description of the "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (by Asakura Kuni, 1st edition, Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd., 2000, pp. 438, 310) can be referred to.

(電子元件的製造方法) 本發明之電子元件的製造方法只要係具備藉由本發明之導電圖案的製造方法而獲得之導電圖案之電子元件的製造方法,則並無特別限制。 (Manufacturing method of electronic components) The manufacturing method of the electronic component of this invention will not be specifically limited if it is the manufacturing method of the electronic component provided with the conductive pattern obtained by the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of this invention.

關於電子元件的製造方法中的各製程的具體態樣及進行各製程之順序等的實施形態,如上述“導電元件的製造方法”的項中的說明,較佳態樣亦相同。 關於電子元件的製造方法,除了藉由上述方法而形成電子元件用配線以外,只要參閱公知的電子元件的製造方法即可。 電子元件的製造方法可以包括除了上述之以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。 The specific aspect of each process in the manufacturing method of an electronic device, the order of performing each process, etc. are as described in the above-mentioned section of "manufacturing method of a conductive element", and the preferred aspect is also the same. About the manufacturing method of an electronic element, except that the wiring for an electronic element is formed by the said method, what is necessary is just to refer to the manufacturing method of a well-known electronic element. The manufacturing method of an electronic component may include arbitrary steps (other steps) other than those described above.

作為電子元件,並無特別限制,可以較佳地舉出如半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線形成用途、觸控面板、電磁屏蔽件材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領取中的結構物。 上述樹脂圖案在上述電子元件中,用作永久膜,例如,層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配之配線保護膜等為較佳。 其中,作為電子元件,尤其可以較佳地舉出觸控面板。 作為電子元件,可以較佳地舉出柔性顯示裝置、尤其柔性觸控面板。 The electronic components are not particularly limited, and preferred examples include semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring formation applications for sensor substrates, touch panels, electromagnetic shielding materials, and conductive films such as film heaters. , liquid crystal sealing materials, structures in micromechanical or microelectronics collection. The above-mentioned resin pattern is preferably used as a permanent film in the above-mentioned electronic element, for example, an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, a wiring protective film having refractive index matching, and the like. Among them, as an electronic component, a touch panel can be preferably mentioned in particular. As an electronic component, a flexible display device, especially a flexible touch panel can be mentioned preferably.

將觸控面板的製造中所使用之遮罩的圖案的一例示於圖2及圖3。 在圖2所示之圖案A及圖3所示之圖案B中,GR為非圖像部(遮光部),EX為圖像部(曝光部),DL為虛擬地示出對準用框者。在觸控面板的製造方法中,例如經由具有圖2所示之圖案A之遮罩而對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光,藉此能夠製造形成有具有與EX相對應之圖案A之電路配線之觸控面板。具體而言,能夠利用國際公開第2016/190405號的圖1中所記載之方法來進行製作。在所製造之觸控面板的一例中,曝光部EX的中央部(連接資格的圖案部分)係形成有透明電極(觸控面板用電極)之部分,並且曝光部EX的周緣部(細線部分)係形成有周邊取出部的配線之部分。 An example of the pattern of the mask used for manufacture of a touch panel is shown in FIG.2 and FIG.3. In the pattern A shown in FIG. 2 and the pattern B shown in FIG. 3, GR is a non-image part (light shielding part), EX is an image part (exposure part), and DL is what virtually shows the frame for alignment. In the manufacturing method of the touch panel, for example, the photosensitive resin layer is exposed through a mask having the pattern A shown in FIG. touch panel. Specifically, it can be produced by the method described in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In an example of the manufactured touch panel, the central part (pattern part for connection qualification) of the exposure part EX is a part where the transparent electrode (electrode for touch panel) is formed, and the peripheral part (thin line part) of the exposure part EX is formed. This is the part of the wiring where the peripheral extraction part is formed.

藉由上述電子元件的製造方法而製造至少具有電子元件用配線之電子元件,較佳為例如製造至少具有觸控面板用配線之觸控面板。 觸控面板具有透明基板、電極及絕緣層或保護層為較佳。 作為觸控面板中的檢測方法,可以舉出電阻膜方式、靜電容方式、超音波方式、電磁感應方式及光學方式等公知的方式。其中,靜電容方式為較佳。 It is preferable to manufacture the electronic component which has at least the wiring for electronic components by the manufacturing method of the said electronic component, for example, it is preferable to manufacture the touch panel which has at least the wiring for touch panels. Preferably, the touch panel has a transparent substrate, electrodes and an insulating layer or a protective layer. As a detection method in a touch panel, well-known methods, such as a resistive film method, an electrostatic capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method, are mentioned. Among them, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferable.

作為觸控面板型,可以舉出所謂的內嵌型(例如,日本特表2012-517051號公報的圖5、圖6、圖7及圖8中所記載者)、所謂的外嵌型(例如,日本特開2013-168125號公報的圖19中所記載者、以及日本特開2012-89102號公報的圖1及圖5中所記載者)、OGS(One Glass Solution:單片玻璃方案)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens:覆蓋層觸摸)型(例如,日本特開2013-54727號公報的圖2中所記載者)、各種外掛型(所謂的GG、G1·G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及G1F等)以及其他構成(例如,日本特開2013-164871號公報的圖6中所記載者)。 作為觸控面板,例如,可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0229段中所記載者。 [實施例] Examples of the touch panel type include a so-called in-cell type (for example, those described in FIGS. 5 , 6 , 7 , and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-517051 ), a so-called out-cell type (for example, , those described in Figure 19 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-168125, and those described in Figures 1 and 5 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-89102), OGS (One Glass Solution: Single Glass Solution) type , TOL (Touch-on-Lens: Overlay Touch) type (for example, as described in FIG. 2 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-54727), various plug-in types (so-called GG, G1, G2, GFF, GF2, GF1 and G1F, etc.) and other configurations (for example, those described in FIG. 6 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-164871). As a touch panel, the thing described in the paragraph 0229 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2017-120435 is mentioned, for example. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明的實施形態進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的實施形態的趣旨,則能夠適當變更。故,本發明的實施形態的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,只要無特別指定,“份”,“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples. Materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the embodiments of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "part" and "%" are based on mass.

以下縮寫分別表示以下化合物。 “A-1”:苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯的共聚物的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分濃度:30.0質量%、各單體的比率:52質量%/29質量%/19質量%、Mw:70,000) “A-2”:甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯溶液(固體成分濃度:30.0質量%、各單體的比率:80質量%/20質量%、Mw:30,000、酸值:153mgKOH/g) “A-3”:KURARAY POVALPVA-205(Kuraray Co., Ltd.製造) “A-4”:聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30( NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製造) “B-1”:BPE-500(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造) “B-2”:NK EsterHD-N(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造) “B-3”: Sartmer SR454(Arkema公司製造) “B-4”:NK EsterA-TMPT(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造) “B-5”:在雙酚A的兩端分別附加了平均15莫耳的環氧乙烷和平均2莫耳的環氧丙烷之聚乙二醇的二甲基丙烯酸酯 “B-6”:NK EsterA-9300-1CL(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造) “B-7”:NK EsterA-DCP(Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製造) “B-8”:8UX-015A(AISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.製造) “B-9”:ARONIXTO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造) “C-1”:B-CIM(KUROGANE KASEI Co., Ltd.製造) “C-2”:SB-PI 701(從Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.獲得) “C-3”:4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)二苯甲酮(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “C-4”:香豆素7(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “C-5”:3-乙醯基-7-(二乙胺基)香豆素(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) “D-1”:TDP-G(Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.製造) “D-2”:1-苯基-3-吡唑烷酮(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) “E-1”:無色結晶紫(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-2”:N-苯基胺甲醯基甲基-N-羰甲基苯胺(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造〉 “E-3”:溶劑黃56(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-4”:二乙胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造) “E-5”:1-十二烷硫醇(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-6”:Karenz MT(註冊商標) BD1(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造) “E-7”:Sulbutiamine(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd. 製造) “E-8”:雙(2-苯甲醯胺苯基)二硫化物(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-9”:VD-5(SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION製造) “E-10”:1,2,4-三唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-11”:1,2,3-苯并三唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-12”:苯并噻唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) “E-13”:CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製造) “E-14”:MEGAFACE F-552(DIC Corporation製造) “E-15”:MEGAFACE F-444(DIC Corporation製造) “F-1”:甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.製造) “F-2”:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造) “F-3”:離子交換水 “F-4”:甲醇(MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.製造) The following abbreviations represent the following compounds, respectively. "A-1": propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of a copolymer of styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate (solid content concentration: 30.0 mass %, ratio of each monomer: 52 mass %/29 Mass %/19 mass %, Mw: 70,000) "A-2": propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer (solid content concentration: 30.0 mass %, ratio of each monomer: 80 mass %/20 mass %, Mw: 30,000, acid value: 153mgKOH/g) "A-3": KURARAY POVALPVA-205 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) "A-4": Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) "B-1": BPE-500 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "B-2": NK EsterHD-N (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "B-3": Sartmer SR454 (manufactured by Arkema) "B-4": NK EsterA-TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "B-5": Dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol with an average of 15 moles of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 moles of propylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A, respectively "B-6": NK EsterA-9300-1CL (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "B-7": NK EsterA-DCP (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "B-8": 8UX-015A (manufactured by AISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.) "B-9": ARONIXTO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) "C-1": B-CIM (manufactured by KUROGANE KASEI Co., Ltd.) "C-2": SB-PI 701 (obtained from Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.) "C-3": 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "C-4": Coumarin 7 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "C-5": 3-Acetyl-7-(diethylamino)coumarin (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) "D-1": TDP-G (manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) "D-2": 1-Phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) "E-1": Colorless crystal violet (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-2": N-phenylamine carboxylmethyl-N-carbonylmethylaniline (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) "E-3": Solvent Yellow 56 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-4": Diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) "E-5": 1-Dodecanethiol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-6": Karenz MT (registered trademark) BD1 (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) "E-7": Sulbutiamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-8": Bis(2-benzylaminophenyl)disulfide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-9": VD-5 (manufactured by SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION) "E-10": 1,2,4-triazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-11": 1,2,3-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-12": Benzothiazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "E-13": CBT-1 (manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD) "E-14": MEGAFACE F-552 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) "E-15": MEGAFACE F-444 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) "F-1": Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) "F-2": Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) "F-3": Ion-exchanged water "F-4": Methanol (manufactured by MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.)

<熱塑性樹脂組成物的製備> 以表1中記載之量混合表1中記載之各化合物,分別製備了熱塑性樹脂組成物1a及2a。 另外,表1中記載之各化合物欄的數值的單位為質量份。 <Preparation of thermoplastic resin composition> The respective compounds described in Table 1 were mixed in the amounts described in Table 1 to prepare thermoplastic resin compositions 1a and 2a, respectively. In addition, the unit of the numerical value of each compound column described in Table 1 is a mass part.

[表1] 熱塑性樹脂組成物 1a 2a A-2 42.02 42.15 B-7 5.03 5.03 B-8 2.31 2.31 B-9 0.77 0.77 E-3 0.25 - E-4 - 0.10 E-14 0.03 0.03 F-1 40.08 40.10 F-2 9.51 9.51 [Table 1] Thermoplastic resin composition 1a 2a A-2 42.02 42.15 B-7 5.03 5.03 B-8 2.31 2.31 B-9 0.77 0.77 E-3 0.25 - E-4 - 0.10 E-14 0.03 0.03 F-1 40.08 40.10 F-2 9.51 9.51

<水溶性樹脂層組成物的製備> 以表2中記載之量混合表2中記載之各化合物,製備了水溶性樹脂層組成物1b。 另外,表2中記載之各化合物欄的數值的單位為質量份。 <Preparation of water-soluble resin layer composition> Each compound described in Table 2 was mixed in the amounts described in Table 2 to prepare a water-soluble resin layer composition 1b. In addition, the unit of the numerical value of each compound column described in Table 2 is a mass part.

[表2] 水溶性樹脂層組成物 1b A-3 3.22 A-4 1.49 E-15 0.0015 F-3 38.12 F-4 57.17 [Table 2] Water-soluble resin layer composition 1b A-3 3.22 A-4 1.49 E-15 0.0015 F-3 38.12 F-4 57.17

<感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 以表3或表4中記載之量混合表3或表4中記載之各化合物,分別製備了感光性樹脂組成物1c~30c及1d。 另外,表3及表4中記載之各化合物欄的數值的單位為質量份。 <Preparation of photosensitive resin composition> Each compound described in Table 3 or Table 4 was mixed in the amount described in Table 3 or Table 4, and the photosensitive resin compositions 1c to 30c and 1d were prepared, respectively. In addition, the unit of the numerical value of each compound column described in Table 3 and Table 4 is mass part.

[表3] 感光性樹脂組成物 1c 2c 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c 9c 10c 11c 12c 13c 14c 15c 16c A-1 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 23.4 23.4 23.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 B-1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 B-2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 B-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-1 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 C-2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 - - - - C-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 - C-4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.04 C-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - D-1 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 D-2 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 E-1 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 E-2 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 E-5 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-6 - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 - - 0.15 - - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 E-8 - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 - - - - 0.15 - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - E-10 - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - E-11 - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - E-12 - - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - E-13 - - - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - E-14 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 F-1 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 40.4 40.4 40.4 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 F-2 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 F-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 [table 3] Photosensitive resin composition 1c 2c 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c 9c 10c 11c 12c 13c 14c 15c 16c A-1 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 23.4 23.4 23.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 B-1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 B-2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 B-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-1 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 C-2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 - - - - C-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 - C-4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.04 C-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - D-1 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 D-2 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 E-1 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 E-2 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 E-5 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-6 - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 - - 0.15 - - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 E-8 - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 - - - - 0.15 - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - E-10 - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - E-11 - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - - E-12 - - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - - E-13 - - - - - - - - 0.15 - - - - - - - E-14 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 F-1 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 40.4 40.4 40.4 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 F-2 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 F-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

[表4] 感光性樹脂組成物 17c 18c 19c 20c 21c 22c 23c 24c 25c 26c 27c 28c 29c 30c 1d A-1 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.5 B-1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 - - - - - - - - - 4.15 B-2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 - - - - - - - - - 2.25 B-3 - - - - - 3.15 3.15 3.15 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 - B-4 - - - - - 3.15 3.15 3.15 1.1 1.1 1.1 - - - - B-5 - - - - - - - - 4.1 4.1 4.1 - - - - B-6 - - - - - - - - - - - 4.1 4.1 4.1 - C-1 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 C-2 - - - - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 C-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-4 0.04 0.04 - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-5 - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 - - - - - - - - - - D-1 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 D-2 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 E-1 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 E-2 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 E-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - - E-8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - E-10 - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - E-11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-13 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-14 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 F-1 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 F-2 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 F-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 [Table 4] Photosensitive resin composition 17c 18c 19c 20c 21c 22c 23c 24c 25c 26c 27c 28c 29c 30c 1d A-1 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.5 B-1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 - - - - - - - - - 4.15 B-2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 - - - - - - - - - 2.25 B-3 - - - - - 3.15 3.15 3.15 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 - B-4 - - - - - 3.15 3.15 3.15 1.1 1.1 1.1 - - - - B-5 - - - - - - - - 4.1 4.1 4.1 - - - - B-6 - - - - - - - - - - - 4.1 4.1 4.1 - C-1 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 C-2 - - - - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 C-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-4 0.04 0.04 - - - - - - - - - - - - - C-5 - - 0.04 0.04 0.04 - - - - - - - - - - D-1 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 D-2 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 E-1 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 0.051 E-2 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 E-5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - - E-8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - E-10 - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - - 0.75 - E-11 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-13 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-14 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 F-1 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 F-2 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 26.1 F-4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

<感光性轉印材料的製作> 在偽支撐體(聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、厚度:16μm、霧度:0.12%)上,使用窄縫狀噴嘴在偽支撐體表面上以塗佈寬度成為1.0m並且乾燥層厚成為3.0μm的方式塗佈表5中記載之熱塑性樹脂組成物。將所形成之熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜在80℃下耗時40秒鐘進行乾燥而形成了熱塑性樹脂層。 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,在所形成之熱塑性樹脂層的表面上以塗佈寬度成為1.0m且乾燥後的層厚成為1.2μm的方式塗佈了 表5中記載之水溶性樹脂層組成物。將水溶性樹脂層組成物的塗膜在80℃下耗時40秒鐘進行乾燥而形成了中間層。 在所形成之水溶性樹脂層的表面上,使用窄縫狀噴嘴,以塗佈寬度為1.0m且乾燥後的層厚成為5.0μm之方式,塗佈表5中記載之感光性樹脂組成物,在100℃下乾燥2分鐘而形成了感光性樹脂層。在感光性樹脂層上貼合保護膜(聚丙烯薄膜、厚度:12μm)而製作了感光性轉印材料。 <Preparation of photosensitive transfer material> On a dummy support (polyethylene terephthalate film, thickness: 16 μm, haze: 0.12%), a slit-shaped nozzle was used on the surface of the dummy support with a coating width of 1.0 m and a dry layer thickness of 3.0 The thermoplastic resin compositions described in Table 5 were applied in a manner of μm. The formed coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition was dried at 80° C. for 40 seconds to form a thermoplastic resin layer. Using a slit nozzle, the water-soluble resin layer composition described in Table 5 was applied on the surface of the formed thermoplastic resin layer with a coating width of 1.0 m and a layer thickness after drying of 1.2 μm. The coating film of the water-soluble resin layer composition was dried at 80° C. for 40 seconds to form an intermediate layer. On the surface of the formed water-soluble resin layer, using a slit nozzle, the photosensitive resin composition described in Table 5 was applied so that the coating width was 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying was 5.0 μm. The photosensitive resin layer was formed by drying at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes. A protective film (polypropylene film, thickness: 12 μm) was bonded to the photosensitive resin layer to prepare a photosensitive transfer material.

藉由組合表5中記載之熱塑性樹脂組成物、感光性樹脂組成物而製作感光性轉印材料,在製作導電圖案時,以如下方式進行了評價。A photosensitive transfer material was produced by combining the thermoplastic resin composition and the photosensitive resin composition described in Table 5, and the conductive pattern was produced and evaluated as follows.

(實施例1~31) <導電性基材的製作> 在支撐體(聚酯薄膜、Lumirer(註冊商標)#100-U34、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)上,藉由噴墨法以塗佈寬度成為1.2m、乾燥膜厚成為1.0μm之方式塗佈包含銀奈米粒子及樹脂之油墨(DNS-0163I、DAICEL CORPORATION製造),在120℃下進行了30分鐘的鍛燒,形成了導電性基材。 (Examples 1 to 31) <Preparation of conductive base material> On a support (polyester film, Lumirer (registered trademark) #100-U34, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), it was applied by the inkjet method so that the coating width was 1.2 m and the dry film thickness was 1.0 μm. An ink containing silver nanoparticles and resin (DNS-0163I, manufactured by DAICEL CORPORATION) was calcined at 120° C. for 30 minutes to form a conductive substrate.

<解析度評價> 對在上述中製作之導電性基材,從感光性轉印材料中剝離保護膜之後,在輥溫度100℃、線壓0.8MPa、線速度3.0m/分鐘的層壓條件下,貼合了轉印材料。 對所貼合之感光性轉印材料,不剝離偽支撐體,並且使具有線寬3μm~40μm的線與空間圖案(Duty比 1:1)之玻璃遮罩密接到偽支撐體上,使用曝光機(M-1S、MIKASA CO., LTD製造)進行了曝光。 曝光後放置1小時之後,剝離偽支撐體,噴淋吹去顯影液(28℃、1.0%碳酸鉀水溶液),從而去除未硬化部分,製作了樹脂圖案。 對所獲得之樣品,噴淋吹去硝酸鐵水溶液(30℃、40.0質量%),從而去除了不存在樹脂圖案之部分的導電層。進而,噴淋去除40℃的四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)水溶液(2.38質量%),從而去除殘留之樹脂圖案,製作了導電圖案。 <Resolution evaluation> After peeling the protective film from the photosensitive transfer material to the conductive substrate prepared above, under the lamination conditions of a roll temperature of 100° C., a line pressure of 0.8 MPa, and a line speed of 3.0 m/min, the transfer film was attached. printing materials. For the attached photosensitive transfer material, the dummy support is not peeled off, and a glass mask having a line-and-space pattern (Duty ratio 1:1) with a line width of 3 μm to 40 μm is adhered to the dummy support and exposed to light. machine (M-1S, manufactured by MIKASA CO., LTD) for exposure. After being left to stand for 1 hour after exposure, the dummy support was peeled off, and the developer (28° C., 1.0% potassium carbonate aqueous solution) was sprayed and blown off to remove the uncured portion, and a resin pattern was produced. About the obtained sample, the ferric nitrate aqueous solution (30 degreeC, 40.0 mass %) was spray-blown off, and the conductive layer of the part which does not exist a resin pattern was removed. Furthermore, the tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution (2.38 mass %) of 40 degreeC was spray-removed, the residual resin pattern was removed, and the conductive pattern was produced.

觀察所獲得之樣品的線與空間圖案,將解析度最高之線圖案的線寬設為其樣品的解析度,依據以下基準評價了解析性。另外,在圖案的側壁部產生較大粗糙之情況下,或者產生顯著的折邊而與相鄰之線圖案連接之情況下,將解析度評價作為E。作為解析度評價,A~C為較佳,A或B為更佳,A為特佳。 -評價基準- A:8μm以下 B:大於8μm且10μm以下 C:大於10μm且20μm以下 D:大於20μm The line and space patterns of the obtained samples were observed, the line width of the line pattern with the highest resolution was taken as the resolution of the sample, and the resolution was evaluated according to the following criteria. In addition, when the side wall part of a pattern has large roughness, or when a remarkable fold arises and it connects with the adjacent line pattern, the resolution evaluation is made E. As a resolution evaluation, A to C are preferable, A or B is more preferable, and A is particularly preferable. -Evaluation criteria- A: 8μm or less B: More than 8 μm and 10 μm or less C: More than 10 μm and 20 μm or less D: more than 20μm

<橫切密接性評價> 與解析度評價相同地,對導電性基材貼合了感光性轉印材料。在剝離偽支撐體之後,藉由JIS K5600-5-6(1999)中記載之方法進行橫切處理,從剝離了膠帶之後的感光性樹脂層殘留狀態來評價了對基材的密接性。 在上述JIS標準中記載之0~5的6階段中進行橫切密接性評價,數字越小則表示密接性越良好。若密接性良好,則光微影製程中不易引起從導電性基材中剝離感光性樹脂層,因此可期待提高品質和成品率。作為橫切密接性評價,4以下為較佳,2以下為更佳,1以下為特佳。 <Cross-cut adhesion evaluation> In the same manner as in the resolution evaluation, the photosensitive transfer material was bonded to the conductive substrate. After peeling off the dummy support, cross-cutting was performed by the method described in JIS K5600-5-6 (1999), and the adhesiveness to the base material was evaluated from the residual state of the photosensitive resin layer after peeling off the tape. The cross-section adhesiveness was evaluated in 6 steps of 0 to 5 described in the above-mentioned JIS standard, and the smaller the number, the better the adhesiveness. If the adhesiveness is good, the photosensitive resin layer is less likely to be peeled from the conductive base material in the photolithography process, and therefore, improvement in quality and yield can be expected. As for the evaluation of cross-cut adhesion, 4 or less is preferable, 2 or less is more preferable, and 1 or less is particularly preferable.

表5中示出在各實施例中使用之感光性轉印材料的詳細評價結果。Table 5 shows the detailed evaluation results of the photosensitive transfer materials used in the respective examples.

[表5]    感光性轉印材料 熱可塑性樹脂組成物 可溶性樹脂組成物 感光性樹脂組成物 橫切密接性評價 解析度評價 實施例1 1 1a 1b 1c 4 C 實施例2 2 1a 1b 2c 4 C 實施例3 3 1a 1b 3c 2 B 實施例4 4 1a 1b 4c 2 C 實施例5 5 1a 1b 5c 2 B 實施例6 6 1a 1b 6c 2 B 實施例7 7 1a 1b 7c 4 C 實施例8 8 1a 1b 8c 3 B 實施例9 9 1a 1b 9c 3 B 實施例10 10 1a 1b 10c 1 A 實施例11 11 1a 1b 11c 0 A 實施例12 12 1a 1b 12c 0 A 實施例13 13 1a 1b 13c 2 B 實施例14 14 1a 1b 14c 2 B 實施例15 15 1a 1b 15c 2 B 實施例16 16 2a 1b 16c 2 B 實施例17 17 2a 1b 17c 2 B 實施例18 18 2a 1b 18c 2 B 實施例19 19 2a 1b 19c 2 B 實施例20 20 2a 1b 20c 2 B 實施例21 21 2a 1b 21c 2 B 實施例22 22 1a 1b 22c 3 C 實施例23 23 1a 1b 23c 3 C 實施例24 24 1a 1b 24c 3 C 實施例25 25 1a 1b 25c 3 C 實施例26 26 1a 1b 26c 3 C 實施例27 27 1a 1b 27c 3 C 實施例28 28 1a 1b 28c 3 B 實施例29 29 1a 1b 29c 3 B 實施例30 30 1a 1b 30c 3 B 實施例31 31 1a 1b 1d 4 C [table 5] Photosensitive transfer material thermoplastic resin composition Soluble resin composition Photosensitive resin composition Cross-cut adhesion evaluation Resolution evaluation Example 1 1 1a 1b 1c 4 C Example 2 2 1a 1b 2c 4 C Example 3 3 1a 1b 3c 2 B Example 4 4 1a 1b 4c 2 C Example 5 5 1a 1b 5c 2 B Example 6 6 1a 1b 6c 2 B Example 7 7 1a 1b 7c 4 C Example 8 8 1a 1b 8c 3 B Example 9 9 1a 1b 9c 3 B Example 10 10 1a 1b 10c 1 A Example 11 11 1a 1b 11c 0 A Example 12 12 1a 1b 12c 0 A Example 13 13 1a 1b 13c 2 B Example 14 14 1a 1b 14c 2 B Example 15 15 1a 1b 15c 2 B Example 16 16 2a 1b 16c 2 B Example 17 17 2a 1b 17c 2 B Example 18 18 2a 1b 18c 2 B Example 19 19 2a 1b 19c 2 B Example 20 20 2a 1b 20c 2 B Example 21 twenty one 2a 1b 21c 2 B Example 22 twenty two 1a 1b 22c 3 C Example 23 twenty three 1a 1b 23c 3 C Example 24 twenty four 1a 1b 24c 3 C Example 25 25 1a 1b 25c 3 C Example 26 26 1a 1b 26c 3 C Example 27 27 1a 1b 27c 3 C Example 28 28 1a 1b 28c 3 B Example 29 29 1a 1b 29c 3 B Example 30 30 1a 1b 30c 3 B Example 31 31 1a 1b 1d 4 C

如上述表5所示,由實施例1~31的導電圖案的製造方法能夠獲得解析性優異之導電圖案。 實施例1~31的導電圖案的製造方法中,所獲得之樹脂圖案的密接性亦優異。 As shown in the above-mentioned Table 5, the conductive pattern excellent in the analytical property was obtained by the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of Examples 1-31. In the manufacturing method of the conductive pattern of Examples 1-31, the adhesiveness of the resin pattern obtained was excellent also.

(實施例32) <導電性基材的製作> 依據美國專利申請公開第2019/0103200號說明書的0057~0064段中記載之方法,並且藉由TABLE1中記載之Example1的配方而製備了包含銀奈米粒子及乙基纖維素之油墨。銀奈米粒子的平均一次粒徑為121nm。 在支撐體(聚酯薄膜、Lumirer(註冊商標)#125-X10S、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)上,藉由噴墨法以乾燥膜厚成為1.0μm之方式塗佈在上述獲得之油墨,在150℃下進行了30分鐘的鍛燒,形成了導電性基材。 使用在實施例1中使用之感光性轉印材料,以與實施例1相同的方式對所獲得之導電性基材進行了評價。解析度評價及橫切密接性評價的評價結果分別與實施例1相同。 (Example 32) <Preparation of conductive base material> According to the method described in paragraphs 0057 to 0064 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0103200, and with the formulation of Example 1 described in TABLE 1, an ink containing silver nanoparticles and ethyl cellulose was prepared. The average primary particle size of the silver nanoparticles was 121 nm. On a support (polyester film, Lumirer (registered trademark) #125-X10S, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), the ink obtained above was applied to a dry film thickness of 1.0 μm by an ink jet method, and Baking was performed for 30 minutes at 150 degreeC, and the electroconductive base material was formed. Using the photosensitive transfer material used in Example 1, the obtained conductive substrate was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation results of the resolution evaluation and the cross-section adhesion evaluation were the same as in Example 1, respectively.

(實施例33) <導電性基材的製作> 依據日本特表2015-506061號公報的0051段中記載之方法,藉由表1中記載之實施例2的配方製備了包含銀奈米粒子及聚酯樹脂之油墨。銀奈米粒子的平均一次粒徑為114nm。 在支撐體(聚酯薄膜、Lumirer(註冊商標)#125-X10S、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)上,藉由日本特表2015-506061號公報的0051段中記載之方法以乾燥膜厚成為1.0μm之方式對在上述獲得之油墨進行網版印刷,在190℃下進行60分鐘的鍛燒,形成了導電性基材。 使用在實施例1中使用之感光性轉印材料,以與實施例1相同的方式對所獲得之導電性基材進行了評價。解析度評價及橫切密接性評價的評價結果分別與實施例1相同。 (Example 33) <Preparation of conductive base material> According to the method described in paragraph 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-506061, an ink containing silver nanoparticles and polyester resin was prepared with the formulation of Example 2 described in Table 1. The average primary particle size of the silver nanoparticles was 114 nm. On the support (polyester film, Lumirer (registered trademark) #125-X10S, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC. ), the dry film thickness was set to 1.0 by the method described in paragraph 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-506061 The ink obtained above was screen-printed in a μm manner, and calcined at 190° C. for 60 minutes to form a conductive substrate. Using the photosensitive transfer material used in Example 1, the obtained conductive substrate was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation results of the resolution evaluation and the cross-section adhesion evaluation were the same as in Example 1, respectively.

(比較例1) 在支撐體(聚酯薄膜、Lumirer(註冊商標)#100-U34、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)上,使用直接製版機(SJ02A、Hitachi Koki Co., Ltd.製造)用噴墨頭,對包含銀奈米粒子及樹脂之油墨(DNS-0163I、DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD.製造)進行了細線圖案的印刷。在120℃下,對所獲得之圖案進行30分鐘的鍛燒,製作了導電圖案。 變更噴墨頭的種類及噴出條件來變更了圖案解析度。最高解析度為48μm,解析度評價的評價結果為D。 (Comparative Example 1) On a support (polyester film, Lumirer (registered trademark) #100-U34, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), using an inkjet head for a plate-to-plate setter (SJ02A, manufactured by Hitachi Koki Co., Ltd.), Silver nanoparticle and resin ink (DNS-0163I, manufactured by DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD.) was used to print fine line patterns. The obtained pattern was calcined at 120° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a conductive pattern. The pattern resolution was changed by changing the type of inkjet head and discharge conditions. The highest resolution was 48 μm, and the evaluation result of the resolution evaluation was D.

〔比較例2〕 在支撐體(聚酯薄膜、Lumirer(註冊商標)#100-U34、TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)上,使用直接製版機(SJ02A、Hitachi Koki Co., Ltd.製造)用噴墨頭將與實施例32中使用者相同的油墨進行了細線圖案的印刷。在120℃下,對所獲得之圖案進行30分鐘的鍛燒,製作了導電圖案。 變更噴墨頭的種類及噴出條件來變更了圖案解析度。最高解析度為64μm,解析度評價的評價結果為D。 [Comparative Example 2] On a support (polyester film, Lumirer (registered trademark) #100-U34, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), using a plate-to-plate setting machine (SJ02A, manufactured by Hitachi Koki Co., Ltd.) with an ink jet head In Example 32, the thin line pattern was printed using the same ink. The obtained pattern was calcined at 120° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a conductive pattern. The pattern resolution was changed by changing the type of inkjet head and discharge conditions. The highest resolution was 64 μm, and the evaluation result of the resolution evaluation was D.

11:偽支撐體 12:轉印層 13:熱塑性樹脂層 15:水溶性樹脂層 17:感光性樹脂層 19:保護膜 20:感光性轉印材料 DL:虛擬地示出對準用框者 EX:圖像部(曝光部) GR:非圖像部(遮光部) 11: Pseudo support 12: transfer layer 13: Thermoplastic resin layer 15: Water-soluble resin layer 17: Photosensitive resin layer 19: Protective film 20: Photosensitive transfer material DL: Virtually show the framer for alignment EX: Image section (exposure section) GR: Non-image part (shading part)

圖1係表示感光性轉印材料的構成的一例之概要圖。 圖2係表示圖案A之概略俯視圖。 圖3係表示圖案B之概略俯視圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of a photosensitive transfer material. FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern A. FIG. FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view showing the pattern B. FIG.

11:偽支撐體 11: Pseudo support

12:轉印層 12: transfer layer

13:熱塑性樹脂層 13: Thermoplastic resin layer

15:水溶性樹脂層 15: Water-soluble resin layer

17:感光性樹脂層 17: Photosensitive resin layer

19:保護膜 19: Protective film

20:感光性轉印材料 20: Photosensitive transfer material

Claims (17)

一種導電圖案的製造方法,包括: 在支撐體上的一部分或整個面形成包含金屬奈米材料及樹脂之導電層之形成步驟1; 在前述導電層上形成感光性樹脂層之形成步驟2; 對前述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之曝光步驟; 從被曝光之前述感光性樹脂層中去除不必要部分並形成樹脂圖案之去除步驟1;以及 去除未形成前述樹脂圖案之部分中的前述導電層並獲得導電圖案之去除步驟2。 A method of manufacturing a conductive pattern, comprising: Step 1 of forming a conductive layer comprising metal nanomaterials and resin on a part or the entire surface of the support; Step 2 of forming a photosensitive resin layer on the aforementioned conductive layer; an exposure step of exposing the aforementioned photosensitive resin layer; Removal step 1 of removing unnecessary parts from the exposed photosensitive resin layer and forming a resin pattern; and Removal step 2 of removing the aforementioned conductive layer in the portion where the aforementioned resin pattern is not formed and obtaining a conductive pattern. 如請求項1所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述金屬奈米材料包含銀奈米材料。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1, wherein The aforementioned metal nanomaterials include silver nanomaterials. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述金屬奈米材料係平均一次粒徑為1nm~200nm的粒子。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned metal nanomaterials are particles having an average primary particle diameter of 1 nm to 200 nm. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述感光性樹脂層包含鹼溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述感光性樹脂層包含:聚合物,具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元;及光酸產生劑。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains a polymer which has a structural unit which has an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, and a photoacid generator. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述感光性樹脂層包含:樹脂,具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元;及醌二疊氮化合物。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains the resin provided with the structural unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a quinonediazide compound. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述感光性樹脂層包含具有未共用電子對之化合物。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The said photosensitive resin layer contains the compound which has an unshared electron pair. 如請求項7所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 具有前述未共用電子對之化合物係雜環式化合物。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 7, wherein The compound having the aforementioned unshared electron pair is a heterocyclic compound. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述形成步驟2係藉由使感光性轉印材料與前述導電層上接觸並轉印而形成前述感光性樹脂層之步驟。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The above-mentioned forming step 2 is a step of forming the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer by contacting and transferring the photosensitive transfer material on the above-mentioned conductive layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述形成步驟2係在前述導電層上形成中間層及感光性樹脂層之步驟。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned forming step 2 is a step of forming an intermediate layer and a photosensitive resin layer on the aforementioned conductive layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟中的曝光係藉由接觸曝光來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The exposure in the aforementioned exposure step is performed by contact exposure. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟中的曝光係藉由直接描繪曝光來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The exposure in the aforementioned exposure step is performed by direct drawing exposure. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟中的曝光係藉由投影曝光來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The exposure in the aforementioned exposure step is performed by projection exposure. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述去除步驟1中的前述不必要部分的去除係藉由顯影液來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The removal of the unnecessary parts in the removal step 1 is performed by a developer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述去除步驟2中的前述導電層的去除係藉由濕蝕刻來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The removal of the conductive layer in the removal step 2 is performed by wet etching. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之導電圖案的製造方法,其中 前述去除步驟2中的前述導電層的去除係藉由乾式蝕刻來進行。 The method for manufacturing a conductive pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The removal of the conductive layer in the removal step 2 is performed by dry etching. 一種電子元件的製造方法,其具備藉由請求項1至請求項16之任一項所述之導電圖案的製造方法而獲得之導電圖案。A method of manufacturing an electronic component, comprising a conductive pattern obtained by the method of manufacturing a conductive pattern according to any one of claim 1 to claim 16.
TW111102478A 2021-02-26 2022-01-20 Method for producing a conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing an electronic device TW202234179A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-030881 2021-02-26
JP2021030881 2021-02-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202234179A true TW202234179A (en) 2022-09-01

Family

ID=83048012

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111102478A TW202234179A (en) 2021-02-26 2022-01-20 Method for producing a conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing an electronic device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022181016A1 (en)
CN (1) CN116918464A (en)
TW (1) TW202234179A (en)
WO (1) WO2022181016A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2016167228A1 (en) * 2015-04-15 2018-02-08 日立化成株式会社 Photosensitive conductive film, method for forming conductive pattern, substrate with conductive pattern, and touch panel sensor
JP6683890B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2020-04-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
CN114068070A (en) * 2020-08-10 2022-02-18 天材创新材料科技(厦门)有限公司 Transparent conductive film and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022181016A1 (en) 2022-09-01
CN116918464A (en) 2023-10-20
JPWO2022181016A1 (en) 2022-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220400553A1 (en) Manufacturing method for substrate having conductive pattern, manufacturing method for electronic device, substrate having conductive pattern, and protective film for metal nanobody
JP2024111000A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and polyethylene terephthalate film
WO2021192608A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
TW202234179A (en) Method for producing a conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing an electronic device
WO2024024864A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing same, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2023127755A1 (en) Method for producing resist pattern, method for producing laminate, and photosensitive transfer material for direct imaging exposure
WO2022059417A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
US20230102758A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, light shielding material, led array, and electronic apparatus
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2021161965A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive-film manufacturing method
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
JP2024052221A (en) Laminate and method of producing laminate
JP2022184720A (en) Manufacturing method of substrate having conductive pattern, manufacturing method of electronic device, substrate having conductive pattern, and protective film for metal nano substance
TW202330959A (en) Method of producing deposition mask
JP2023097347A (en) Method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
JP2024034318A (en) Laminate, and method for producing laminate
TW202325543A (en) Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
JP2024018718A (en) Laminate and method for producing laminate
TW202236008A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film